COMPOUNDS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR TREATING CONDITIONS ASSOCIATED WITH STING ACTIVITY

Abstract

This disclosure features chemical entities (e.g., a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and/or hydrate, and/or cocrystal, and/or prodrug, and/or tautomer, and/or drug combination of the compound) that inhibit (e.g., antagonize) Stimulator of Interferon Genes (STING). Said chemical entities are useful, e.g., for treating a condition, disease or disorder in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the condition, disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) in a subject (e.g., a human). This disclosure also features compositions containing the same as well as methods of using and making the same. Formula (I).

Description

TECHNICAL FIELD

This disclosure features chemical entities (e.g., a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and/or hydrate, and/or cocrystal, and/or prodrug, and/or tautomer, and/or drug combination of the compound) that inhibit (e.g., antagonize) Stimulator of Interferon Genes (STING). Said chemical entities are useful, e.g., for treating a condition, disease or disorder in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the condition, disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) in a subject (e.g., a human). This disclosure also features compositions containing the same as well as methods of using and making the same.

BACKGROUND

STING, also known as transmembrane protein 173 (TMEM173) and MPYS/MITA/ERIS, is a protein that in humans is encoded by the TMEM173 gene. STING has been shown to play a role in innate immunity. STING induces type I interferon production when cells are infected with intracellular pathogens, such as viruses, mycobacteria and intracellular parasites. Type I interferon, mediated by STING, protects infected cells and nearby cells from local infection in an autocrine and paracrine manner.

The STING pathway is pivotal in mediating the recognition of cytosolic DNA. In this context, STING, a transmembrane protein localized to the endoplasmic reticulum (ER), acts as a second messenger receptor for 2′, 3′ cyclic GMP-AMP (hereafter cGAMP), which is produced by cGAS after dsDNA binding. In addition, STING can also function as a primary pattern recognition receptor for bacterial cyclic dinucleotides (CDNs) and small molecule agonists. The recognition of endogenous or prokaryotic CDNs proceeds through the carboxy-terminal domain of STING, which faces into the cytosol and creates a V-shaped binding pocket formed by a STING homodimer. Ligand-induced activation of STING triggers its re-localization to the Golgi, a process essential to promote the interaction of STING with TBK1. This protein complex, in turn, signals through the transcription factors IRF-3 to induce type I interferons (IFNs) and other co-regulated antiviral factors. In addition, STING was shown to trigger NF-1κB and MAP kinase activation. Following the initiation of signal transduction, STING is rapidly degraded, a step considered important in terminating the inflammatory response.

Excessive activation of STING is associated with a subset of monogenic autoinflammatory conditions, the so-called type I interferonopathies. Examples of these diseases include a clinical syndrome referred to as STING-associated vasculopathy with onset in infancy (SAVI), which is caused by gain-of-function mutations in TMEM173 (the gene name of STING). Moreover, STING is implicated in the pathogenesis of Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS) and genetic forms of lupus. As opposed to SAVI, it is the dysregulation of nucleic acid metabolism that underlies continuous innate immune activation in AGS. Apart from these genetic disorders, emerging evidence points to a more general pathogenic role for STING in a range of inflammation-associated disorders such as systemic lupus erythematosus, rheumatoid arthritis and cancer. Thus, small molecule-based pharmacological interventions into the STING signaling pathway hold significant potential for the treatment of a wide spectrum of diseases

SUMMARY

This disclosure features chemical entities (e.g., a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and/or hydrate, and/or cocrystal, and/or prodrug, and/or tautomer, and/or drug combination of the compound) that inhibit (e.g., antagonize) Stimulator of Interferon Genes (STING). Said chemical entities are useful, e.g., for treating a condition, disease or disorder in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the condition, disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) in a subject (e.g., a human). This disclosure also features compositions containing the same as well as methods of using and making the same.

An “antagonist” of STING includes compounds that, at the protein level, directly bind or modify STING such that an activity of STING is decreased, e.g., by inhibition, blocking or dampening agonist-mediated responses, altered distribution, or otherwise. STING antagonists include chemical entities, which interfere or inhibit STING signaling.

In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are featured:

in which R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, R^1d, X¹, X², W, Q, A, and R⁶ can be as defined anywhere herein; and

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising X¹ and X² is heteroaryl (i.e., one or more of X¹ and X² is an independently selected heteroatom; and the 5-membered ring comprising X¹ and X² is aromatic (as a non-limiting example, the ring comprising X¹ and X² can be pyrrole)).

In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a prodrug thereof, or a tautomer thereof, or any combination of the foregoing, are featured “Prodrug” is meant to indicate a compound that may be converted under physiological conditions or by solvolysis to a biologically active compound described herein (e.g., compound of Formula (I)). Thus, the term “prodrug” refers to a precursor of a biologically active compound that is pharmaceutically acceptable. In some aspects, a prodrug is inactive when administered to a subject, but is converted in vivo to an active compound, for example, by hydrolysis. The prodrug compound often offers advantages of solubility, tissue compatibility or delayed release in a mammalian organism (see, e.g., Bundgard, H., Design of Prodrugs (1985), pp. 7-9, 21-24 (Elsevier, Amsterdam). A discussion of prodrugs is provided in Higuchi, T., et al., “Pro-drugs as Novel Delivery Systems,” A.C.S. Symposium Series, Vol. 14, and in Bioreversible Carriers in Drug Design, ed. Edward B. Roche, American Pharmaceutical Association and Pergamon Press, 1987, both of which are incorporated in full by reference herein.

In one aspect, pharmaceutical compositions are featured that include a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same) and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

In one aspect, methods for inhibiting (e.g., antagonizing) STING activity are featured that include contacting STING with a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same). Methods include in vitro methods, e.g., contacting a sample that includes one or more cells comprising STING (e.g., innate immune cells, e.g., mast cells, macrophages, dendritic cells (DCs), and natural killer cells) with the chemical entity. Methods can also include in vivo methods; e.g., administering the chemical entity to a subject (e.g., a human) having a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING signaling contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease.

In one aspect, methods of treating a condition, disease or disorder ameliorated by antagonizing STING are featured, e.g., treating a condition, disease or disorder in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the condition, disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) in a subject (e.g., a human). The methods include administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same).

In another aspect, methods of treating cancer are featured that include administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same).

In a further aspect, methods of treating other STING-associated conditions are featured, e.g., type I interferonopathies (e.g., STING-associated vasculopathy with onset in infancy (SAVI)), Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS), genetic forms of lupus, and inflammation-associated disorders such as systemic lupus erythematosus, and rheumatoid arthritis. The methods include administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same).

In another aspect, methods of suppressing STING-dependent type I interferon production in a subject in need thereof are featured that include administering to the subject an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same).

In a further aspect, methods of treating a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease are featured. The methods include administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same).

In another aspect, methods of treatment are featured that include administering an effective amount of a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same) to a subject; wherein the subject has (or is predisposed to have) a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease.

In a further aspect, methods of treatment that include administering to a subject a chemical entity described herein (e.g., a compound described generically or specifically herein or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or compositions containing the same), wherein the chemical entity is administered in an amount effective to treat a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease, thereby treating the disease.

Embodiments can include one or more of the following features.

The chemical entity can be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens. For examples, methods can further include administering one or more (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, or more) additional agents.

The chemical entity can be administered in combination with one or more additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens that are useful for treating other STING-associated conditions, e.g., type I interferonopathies (e.g., STING-associated vasculopathywith onset in infancy (SAVI)), Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS), genetic forms of lupus, and inflammation-associated disorders such as systemic lupus erythematosus, and rheumatoid arthritis.

The chemical entity can be administered in combination with one or more additional cancer therapies (e.g., surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy or gene therapy, or a combination thereof, e.g., chemotherapy that includes administering one or more (e.g., two, three, four, five, six, or more) additional chemotherapeutic agents. Non-limiting examples of additional chemotherapeutic agents is selected from an alkylating agent (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and/or oxaliplatin); an anti-metabolite (e.g., azathioprine and/or mercaptopurine); a terpenoid (e.g., a vinca alkaloid and/or a taxane; e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vinorelbine and/or Vindesine Taxol, Pacllitaxel and/or Docetaxel); a topoisomerase (e.g., a type I topoisomerase and/or a type 2 topoisomerase; e.g., camptothecins, such as irinotecan and/or topotecan; amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate and/or teniposide); a cytotoxic antibiotic (e.g., actinomycin, anthracyclines, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, valrubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin and/or mitomycin); a hormone (e.g., a lutenizing hormone releasing hormone agonist; e.g., leuprolidine, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, bicalutamide, flutamide and/or nilutamide); an antibody (e.g., Abciximab, Adalimumab, Alemtuzumab, Atlizumab, Basiliximab, Belimumab, Bevacizumab, Bretuximab vedotin, Canakinumab, Cetuximab, Ceertolizumab pegol, Daclizumab, Denosumab, Eculizumab, Efalizumab, Gemtuzumab, Golimumab, Golimumab, Ibritumomab tiuxetan, Infliximab, Ipilimumab, Muromonab-CD3, Natalizumab, Ofatumumab, Omalizumab, Palivizumab, Panitumuab, Ranibizumab, Rituximab, Tocilizumab, Tositumomab and/or Trastuzumab); an anti-angiogenic agent; a cytokine; a thrombotic agent; a growth inhibitory agent; an anti-helminthic agent; and an immune checkpoint inhibitor that targets an immune checkpoint receptor selected from the group consisting of CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L2, interleukin-2 (IL-2), indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO), IL-10, transforming growth factor-β (TGFβ), T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2), Galectin 9-TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3), MHC class II-LAG3, 4-1BB-4-1BB ligand, OX40-OX40 ligand, GITR, GITR ligand-GITR, CD27, CD70-CD27, TNFRSF25, TNFRSF25-TL1A, CD40L, CD40-CD40 ligand, HVEM-LIGHT-LTA, HVEM, HVEM-BTLA, HVEM-CD160, HVEM-LIGHT, HVEM-BTLA-CD160, CD80, CD80-PDL-1, PDL2-CD80, CD244, CD48-CD244, CD244, ICOS, ICOS-ICOS ligand, B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2-TMIGD2, Butyrophilins, including BTNL2, Siglec family, TIGIT and PVR family members, KIRs, ILTs and LIRs, NKG2D and NKG2A, MICA and MICB, CD244, CD28, CD86-CD28, CD86-CTLA, CD80-CD28, CD39, CD73 Adenosine-CD39-CD73, CXCR4-CXCL12, Phosphatidylserine, TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, SIRPA-CD47, VEGF, Neuropilin, CD160, CD30, and CD155 (e.g., CTLA-4 or PD1 or PD-L1).

The subject can have cancer; e.g., the subject has undergone and/or is undergoing and/or will undergo one or more cancer therapies.

Non-limiting examples of cancer include melanoma, cervical cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, urothelial carcinoma, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, sarcoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastroesophageal carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, hepatocellular cancer, malignant mesothelioma, leukemia, lymphoma, myelodysplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma, transitional cell carcinoma, neuroblastoma, plasma cell neoplasms, Wilm's tumor, or hepatocellular carcinoma. In certain embodiments, the cancer can be a refractory cancer.

The chemical entity can be administered intratumorally.

The methods can further include identifying the subject.

Other embodiments include those described in the Detailed Description and/or in the claims.

Additional Definitions

To facilitate understanding of the disclosure set forth herein, a number of additional terms are defined below. Generally, the nomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures in organic chemistry, medicinal chemistry, and pharmacology described herein are those well-known and commonly employed in the art. Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used herein generally have the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill in the art to which this disclosure belongs. Each of the patents, applications, published applications, and other publications that are mentioned throughout the specification and the attached appendices are incorporated herein by reference in their entireties.

As used herein, the term “STING” is meant to include, without limitation, nucleic acids, polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, sense and antisense polynucleotide strands, complementary sequences, peptides, polypeptides, proteins, homologous and/or orthologous STING molecules, isoforms, precursors, mutants, variants, derivatives, splice variants, alleles, different species, and active fragments thereof.

The term “acceptable” with respect to a formulation, composition or ingredient, as used herein, means having no persistent detrimental effect on the general health of the subject being treated.

“API” refers to an active pharmaceutical ingredient.

The terms “effective amount” or “therapeutically effective amount,” as used herein, refer to a sufficient amount of a chemical entity being administered which will relieve to some extent one or more of the symptoms of the disease or condition being treated. The result includes reduction and/or alleviation of the signs, symptoms, or causes of a disease, or any other desired alteration of a biological system. For example, an “effective amount” for therapeutic uses is the amount of the composition comprising a compound as disclosed herein required to provide a clinically significant decrease in disease symptoms. An appropriate “effective” amount in any individual case is determined using any suitable technique, such as a dose escalation study.

The term “excipient” or “pharmaceutically acceptable excipient” means a pharmaceutically-acceptable material, composition, or vehicle, such as a liquid or solid filler, diluent, carrier, solvent, or encapsulating material. In one embodiment, each component is “pharmaceutically acceptable” in the sense of being compatible with the other ingredients of a pharmaceutical formulation, and suitable for use in contact with the tissue or organ of humans and animals without excessive toxicity, irritation, allergic response, immunogenicity, or other problems or complications, commensurate with a reasonable benefit/risk ratio. See, e.g., Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 21st ed.; Lippincott Williams & Wilkins: Philadelphia, Pa., 2005; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Excipients, 6th ed.; Rowe et al., Eds.; The Pharmaceutical Press and the American Pharmaceutical Association: 2009; Handbook of Pharmaceutical Additives, 3rd ed.; Ash and Ash Eds.; Gower Publishing Company: 2007; Pharmaceutical Preformulation and Formulation, 2nd ed.; Gibson Ed.; CRC Press LLC: Boca Raton, Fla., 2009.

The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a formulation of a compound that does not cause significant irritation to an organism to which it is administered and does not abrogate the biological activity and properties of the compound. In certain instances, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound described herein, with acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulfonic acid, salicylic acid and the like. In some instances, pharmaceutically acceptable salts are obtained by reacting a compound having acidic group described herein with a base to form a salt such as an ammonium salt, an alkali metal salt, such as a sodium or a potassium salt, an alkaline earth metal salt, such as a calcium or a magnesium salt, a salt of organic bases such as dicyclohexylamine, N-methyl-D-glucamine, tris(hydroxymethyl)methylamine, and salts with amino acids such as arginine, lysine, and the like, or by other methods previously determined. The pharmacologically acceptable salt s not specifically limited as far as it can be used in medicaments. Examples of a salt that the compounds described hereinform with a base include the following: salts thereof with inorganic bases such as sodium, potassium, magnesium, calcium, and aluminum; salts thereof with organic bases such as methylamine, ethylamine and ethanolamine; salts thereof with basic amino acids such as lysine and ornithine; and ammonium salt. The salts may be acid addition salts, which are specifically exemplified by acid addition salts with the following: mineral acids such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, and phosphoric acid:organic acids such as formic acid, acetic acid, propionic acid, oxalic acid, malonic acid, succinic acid, fumaric acid, maleic acid, lactic acid, malic acid, tartaric acid, citric acid, methanesulfonic acid, and ethanesulfonic acid; acidic amino acids such as aspartic acid and glutamic acid.

The term “pharmaceutical composition” refers to a mixture of a compound described herein with other chemical components (referred to collectively herein as “excipients”), such as carriers, stabilizers, diluents, dispersing agents, suspending agents, and/or thickening agents. The pharmaceutical composition facilitates administration of the compound to an organism. Multiple techniques of administering a compound exist in the art including, but not limited to: rectal, oral, intravenous, aerosol, parenteral, ophthalmic, pulmonary, and topical administration.

The term “subject” refers to an animal, including, but not limited to, a primate (e.g., human), monkey, cow, pig, sheep, goat, horse, dog, cat, rabbit, rat, or mouse. The terms “subject” and “patient” are used interchangeably herein in reference, for example, to a mammalian subject, such as a human.

The terms “treat,” “treating,” and “treatment,” in the context of treating a disease or disorder, are meant to include alleviating or abrogating a disorder, disease, or condition, or one or more of the symptoms associated with the disorder, disease, or condition; or to slowing the progression, spread or worsening of a disease, disorder or condition or of one or more symptoms thereof. The “treatment of cancer”, refers to one or more of the following effects: (1) inhibition, to some extent, of tumor growth, including, (i) slowing down and (ii) complete growth arrest; (2) reduction in the number of tumor cells; (3) maintaining tumor size; (4) reduction in tumor size; (5) inhibition, including (i) reduction, (ii) slowing down or (iii) complete prevention, of tumor cell infiltration into peripheral organs; (6) inhibition, including (i) reduction, (ii) slowing down or (iii) complete prevention, of metastasis; (7) enhancement of anti-tumor immune response, which may result in (i) maintaining tumor size, (ii) reducing tumor size, (iii) slowing the growth of a tumor, (iv) reducing, slowing or preventing invasion and/or (8) relief, to some extent, of the severity or number of one or more symptoms associated with the disorder.

The term “halo” refers to fluoro (F), chloro (Cl), bromo (Br), or iodo (I).

The term “alkyl” refers to a saturated acyclic hydrocarbon radical that may be a straight chain or branched chain, containing the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C_1-10 indicates that the group may have from 1 to 10 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. Alkyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Non-limiting examples include methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, tert-butyl, n-hexyl. The term “saturated” as used in this context means only single bonds present between constituent carbon atoms and other available valences occupied by hydrogen and/or other substituents as defined herein.

The term “haloalkyl” refers to an alkyl, in which one or more hydrogen atoms is/are replaced with an independently selected halo.

The term “alkoxy” refers to an —O-alkyl radical (e.g., —OCH₃).

The term “alkylene” refers to a divalent alkyl (e.g., —CH₂—).

The term “alkenyl” refers to an acyclic hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon double bonds. The alkenyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C_2-6 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 6 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. Alkenyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.

The term “alkynyl” refers to an acyclic hydrocarbon chain that may be a straight chain or branched chain having one or more carbon-carbon triple bonds. The alkynyl moiety contains the indicated number of carbon atoms. For example, C_2-6 indicates that the group may have from 2 to 6 (inclusive) carbon atoms in it. Alkynyl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents.

The term “aryl” refers to a 6-20 carbon mono-, bi-, tri- or polycyclic group wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic (e.g., 6-carbon monocyclic, 10-carbon bicyclic, or 14-carbon tricyclic aromatic ring system); and wherein 0, 1, 2, 3, or 4 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of aryl groups include phenyl, naphthyl, tetrahydronaphthyl, and the like.

The term “cycloalkyl” as used herein refers to cyclic saturated hydrocarbon groups having, e.g., 3 to 20 ring carbons, preferably 3 to 16 ring carbons, and more preferably 3 to 12 ring carbons or 3-10 ring carbons or 3-6 ring carbons, wherein the cycloalkyl group may be optionally substituted. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and cyclooctyl. Cycloalkyl may include multiple fused and/or bridged rings. Non-limiting examples of fused/bridged cycloalkyl includes: bicyclo[1.1.0]butane, bicyclo[2.1.0]pentane, bicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, bicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, bicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, bicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, bicyclo[4.1.0]heptane, bicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, bicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, bicyclo[4.2.0]octane, bicyclo[3.2.1]octane, bicyclo[2.2.2]octane, and the like. Cycloalkyl also includes spirocyclic rings (e.g., spirocyclic bicycle wherein two rings are connected through just one atom). Non-limiting examples of spirocyclic cycloalkyls include spiro[2.2]pentane, spiro[2.5]octane, spiro[3.5]nonane, spiro[3.5]nonane, spiro[3.5]nonane, spiro[4.4]nonane, spiro[2.6]nonane, spiro[4.5]decane, spiro[3.6]decane, spiro[5.5]undecane, and the like. The term “saturated” as used in this context means only single bonds present between constituent carbon atoms.

The term “cycloalkenyl” as used herein means partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups having 3 to 20 ring carbons, preferably 3 to 16 ring carbons, and more preferably 3 to 12 ring carbons or 3-10 ring carbons or 3-6 ring carbons, wherein the cycloalkenyl group may be optionally substituted. Examples of cycloalkenyl groups include, without limitation, cyclopentenyl, cyclohexenyl, cycloheptenyl, and cyclooctenyl. As partially unsaturated cyclic hydrocarbon groups, cycloalkenyl groups may have any degree of unsaturation provided that one or more double bonds is present in the ring, none of the rings in the ring system are aromatic, and the cycloalkenyl group is not fully saturated overall. Cycloalkenyl may include multiple fused and/or bridged and/or spirocyclic rings.

The term “heteroaryl”, as used herein, means a mono-, bi-, tri- or polycyclic group having 5 to 20 ring atoms, alternatively 5, 6, 9, 10, or 14 ring atoms; and having 6, 10, or 14 pi electrons shared in a cyclic array; wherein at least one ring in the system is aromatic, and at least one ring in the system contains one or more heteroatoms independently selected from the group consisting of N, O, and S (but does not have to be a ring which contains a heteroatom, e.g. tetrahydroisoquinolinyl, e.g., tetrahydroquinolinyl). Heteroaryl groups can either be unsubstituted or substituted with one or more substituents. Examples of heteroaryl include thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, oxazolyl, oxadiazolyl, pyrrolyl, imidazolyl, triazolyl, thiodiazolyl, pyrazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiadiazolyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, pyrimidinyl, pyridazinyl, triazinyl, thiazolyl benzothienyl, benzoxadiazolyl, benzofuranyl, benzimidazolyl, benzotriazolyl, cinnolinyl, indazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, isothiazolyl, naphthyridinyl, purinyl, thienopyridinyl, pyrido[2,3-d]pyrimidinyl, pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyridinyl, quinazolinyl, quinolinyl, thieno[2,3-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-b]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridinyl, pyrazolo[4,3-c]pyridine, pyrazolo[4,3-b]pyridinyl, tetrazolyl, chromane, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]dioxine, benzo[d][1,3]dioxole, 2,3-dihydrobenzofuran, tetrahydroquinoline, 2,3-dihydrobenzo[b][1,4]oxathiine, isoindoline, and others. In some embodiments, the heteroaryl is selected from thienyl, pyridinyl, furyl, pyrazolyl, imidazolyl, isoindolinyl, pyranyl, pyrazinyl, and pyrimidinyl.

The term “heterocyclyl” refers to a mon-, bi-, tri-, or polycyclic saturated ring system with 3-16 ring atoms (e.g., 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system) having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic or polycyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively), wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heterocyclyl groups include piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, dioxanyl, morpholinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and the like. Heterocyclyl may include multiple fused and bridged rings. Non-limiting examples of fused/bridged heteorocyclyl includes: 2-azabicyclo[1.1.0]butane, 2-azabicyclo[2.1.0]pentane, 2-azabicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, 3-azabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 5-azabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, octahydrocyclopenta[c]pyrrole, 3-azabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane, 7-azabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 6-azabicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, 7-azabicyclo[4.2.0]octane, 2-azabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 3-azabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, 2-oxabicyclo[1.1.0]butane, 2-oxabicyclo[2.1.0]pentane, 2-oxabicyclo[1.1.1]pentane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.1.0]hexane, 5-oxabicyclo[2.1.1]hexane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.0]heptane, 3-oxabicyclo[4.1.0]heptane, 7-oxabicyclo[2.2.1]heptane, 6-oxabicyclo[3.1.1]heptane, 7-oxabicyclo[4.2.0]octane, 2-oxabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, 3-oxabicyclo[3.2.1]octane, and the like. Heterocyclyl also includes spirocyclic rings (e.g., spirocyclic bicycle wherein two rings are connected through just one atom). Non-limiting examples of spirocyclic heterocyclyls include 2-azaspiro[2.2]pentane, 4-azaspiro[2.5]octane, 1-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 7-azaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-azaspiro[4.4]nonane, 6-azaspiro[2.6]nonane, 1,7-diazaspiro[4.5]decane, 7-azaspiro[4.5]decane 2,5-diazaspiro[3.6]decane, 3-azaspiro[5.5]undecane, 2-oxaspiro[2.2]pentane, 4-oxaspiro[2.5]octane, 1-oxaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-oxaspiro[3.5]nonane, 7-oxaspiro[3.5]nonane, 2-oxaspiro[4.4]nonane, 6-oxaspiro[2.6]nonane, 1,7-dioxaspiro[4.5]decane, 2,5-dioxaspiro[3.6]decane, 1-oxaspiro[5.5]undecane, 3-oxaspiro[5.5]undecane, 3-oxa-9-azaspiro[5.5]undecane and the like. The term “saturated” as used in this context means only single bonds present between constituent ring atoms and other available valences occupied by hydrogen and/or other substituents as defined herein.

The term “heterocycloalkenyl” as used herein means partially unsaturated cyclic ring system with 3-16 ring atoms (e.g., 5-8 membered monocyclic, 8-12 membered bicyclic, or 11-14 membered tricyclic ring system) having 1-3 heteroatoms if monocyclic, 1-6 heteroatoms if bicyclic, or 1-9 heteroatoms if tricyclic or polycyclic, said heteroatoms selected from O, N, or S (e.g., carbon atoms and 1-3, 1-6, or 1-9 heteroatoms of N, O, or S if monocyclic, bicyclic, or tricyclic, respectively), wherein 0, 1, 2 or 3 atoms of each ring may be substituted by a substituent. Examples of heterocycloalkenyl groups include, without limitation, tetrahydropyridyl, dihydropyrazinyl, dihydropyridyl, dihydropyrrolyl, dihydrofuranyl, dihydrothiophenyl. As partially unsaturated cyclic groups, heterocycloalkenyl groups may have any degree of unsaturation provided that one or more double bonds is present in the ring, none of the rings in the ring system are aromatic, and the heterocycloalkenyl group is not fully saturated overall. Heterocycloalkenyl may include multiple fused and/or bridged and/or spirocyclic rings.

As used herein, when a ring is described as being “aromatic”, it means said ring has a continuous, delocalized π-electron system. Typically, the number of out of plane π-electrons corresponds to the Hückel rule (4n+2). Examples of such rings include: benzene, pyridine, pyrimidine, pyrazine, pyridazine, pyridone, pyrrole, pyrazole, oxazole, thioazole, isoxazole, isothiazole, and the like.

As used herein, when a ring is described as being “partially unsaturated”, it means said ring has one or more additional degrees of unsaturation (in addition to the degree of unsaturation attributed to the ring itself, e.g., one or more double or triple bonds between constituent ring atoms), provided that the ring is not aromatic. Examples of such rings include: cyclopentene, cyclohexene, cycloheptene, dihydropyridine, tetrahydropyridine, dihydropyrrole, dihydrofuran, dihydrothiophene, and the like.

For the avoidance of doubt, and unless otherwise specified, for rings and cyclic groups (e.g., aryl, heteroaryl, heterocyclyl, heterocycloalkenyl, cycloalkenyl, cycloalkyl, and the like described herein) containing a sufficient number of ring atoms to form bicyclic or higher order ring systems (e.g., tricyclic, polycyclic ring systems), it is understood that such rings and cyclic groups encompass those having fused rings, including those in which the points of fusion are located (i) on adjacent ring atoms (e.g., [x.x.0] ring systems, in which 0 represents a zero atom bridge (e.g.,

(ii) a single ring atom (spiro-fused ring systems) (e.g.,

or (iii) a contiguous array of ring atoms (bridged ring systems having all bridge lengths >0) (e.g.,

Some non-limiting exemplified compounds of the formulae described herein include one or more stereogenic carbon atoms. This disclosure provides examples of stereoisomer mixtures (e.g., racemic and non-racemic mixture of enantiomers; mixture of diastereomers, meso compounds). This disclosure also describes and exemplifies methods for separating individual components of said stereoisomer mixtures (e.g., resolving the enantiomers of a racemic mixture). In some instances, stereoisomers are graphically depicted using hashed and solid wedge three-dimensional representations. Unless otherwise indicated with “(R)” or “(S)” labels, the hashed and solid wedge three-dimensional representation are intended to convey relative stereochemistry only. Likewise, and unless otherwise indicated, reaction schemes showing resolution of a racemic mixture, the above-mentioned representations are intended only to convey that the constituent enantiomers were resolved in enantiopure pure form (about 98% ee or greater) and are not intended to disclose or imply any correlation between absolute configuration and order of elution.

The definitions of certain variables herein include -L¹-L²-R^h and -L³-L⁴-R*. For avoidance of doubt, when a variable is -L¹-L²-R^h; -L¹ is a bond; and -L² is a bond, then said variable is —R^h that is connected to the rest of the compound via a single bond. As a non-limiting example, when one occurrence of R^b is -L¹-L²-R^h; -L¹ is a bond; and -L² is a bond, then said occurrence of R^b is —R^h that is connected to the rest of the compound via a single bond. Similarly, when a variable is -L³-L⁴-R*; -L³ is a bond; and -L⁴ is a bond, then said variable is —R* that is connected to the rest of the compound via a single bond.

In addition, atoms making up the compounds of the present embodiments are intended to include all isotopic forms of such atoms. Isotopes, as used herein, include those atoms having the same atomic number but different mass numbers. By way of general example and without limitation, isotopes of hydrogen include tritium and deuterium, and isotopes of carbon include ¹³C and ¹⁴C.

In addition, the compounds generically or specifically disclosed herein are intended to include all tautomeric forms. Thus, by way of example, a compound containing the moiety:

encompasses the tautomeric form containing the moiety:

Similarly, a pyridinyl or pyrimidinyl moiety that is described to be optionally substituted with hydroxyl encompasses pyridone or pyrimidone tautomeric forms.

The details of one or more embodiments of the invention are set forth in the accompanying drawings and the description below. Other features and advantages of the invention will be apparent from the description and drawings, and from the claims.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION

This disclosure features chemical entities (e.g., a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and/or hydrate, and/or cocrystal, and/or prodrug, and/or tautomer, and/or drug combination of the compound) that inhibit (e.g., antagonize) Stimulator of Interferon Genes (STING). Said chemical entities are useful, e.g., for treating a condition, disease or disorder in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activation (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the condition, disease or disorder (e.g., cancer) in a subject (e.g., a human). This disclosure also features compositions containing the same as well as methods of using and making the same.

Formula I Compounds

In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are featured:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a tautomer thereof, wherein:

X¹ is selected from the group consisting of O, S, N, NR², and CR⁵;

X² is selected from the group consisting of O, S, N, NR⁴, and CR⁵;

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising X¹ and X² is heteroaryl; and

the 6-membered ring

is aromatic;

one of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is selected from the group consisting of R* and —OR*;

and each of the three remaining R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is an independently selected R**; wherein:

R* is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_3-8 cycloalkyl or C_3-8 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g;
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g;
  • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and

each R** is independently selected from the group consisting of:

H; halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; -L³-L⁴-R*; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)(═NH)(C_1-4 alkyl); SF₅; —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);

W is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) C(═O);

(ii) C(═S);

(iii) S(O)_1-2;

(iv) C(═NR^d) or C(═NH);

(vi) C(═C—NO₂); and

(vii) S(O)N(R^d) or S(O)NH;

Q-A is defined according to (A) or (B) below:

Q is selected from the group consisting of: NH and N(C_1-6 alkyl) wherein the C_1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a; and

A is:

(i) —(Y^A1)_n—Y^A2, wherein:

• • n is 0 or 1;
  • Y^A1 is C_1-6 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; and
  • Y^A2 is:
    • (a) C_3-20 cycloalkyl or C_3-20 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b,
    • (b) C_6-20 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^c;
    • (c) heteroaryl of 5-20 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c; or
    • (d) heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b, or

(ii) C_1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a, or

Q and A, taken together, form:

and

E is a ring of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b,

• • each occurrence of R² is independently selected from the group consisting of:
  • (i) C_1-6 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a;
  • (ii) C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, wherein the cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;
  • (iii) heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;
  • (iv) C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;
  • (v) heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;
  • (vi) —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a;
  • (vii) —C(O)(C_6-10 aryl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;
  • (viii) —C(O)(heteroaryl), wherein the heteroaryl has 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;
  • (ix) —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl);
  • (x) —CON(R′)(R″);
  • (xi) —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″);
  • (xii) —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a;
  • (xiii) —S(O)_1-2(C_6-10 aryl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;
  • (xiv) —S(O)_1-2(heteroaryl), wherein the heteroaryl has 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;
  • (xv) —OH;
  • (xvi) C_1-4 alkoxy; and
  • (xvii) H;

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^a;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H; halo; —OH; —C_1-4 alkyl; —C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano, and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of H; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^a; —OH; C_1-4 alkoxy; C(═O)H; C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^eR^f; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano; C_6-10 aryl; heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^at is independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^eR^f; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl; C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^b is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl; —OH; oxo; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^e1R^f1; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano; and -L¹-L²-R^h;

each occurrence of R^c is independently selected from the group consisting of:

halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); and -L¹-L²-R^h;

R^d is selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy;

each occurrence of R^e and R^f is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; C_1-6 alkyl; C_1-6 haloalkyl; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy; or R^e and R^f together with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached forms a ring of 3-8 ring atoms, wherein the ring has: (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, each of which is substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-3 alkyl; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom attached to R^e and R), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N(R^d), NH, O, and S;

each occurrence of R^e1 and R^f1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; C_1-6 alkyl; C_1-6 haloalkyl; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy;

each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with C_1-6 alkyl or cyano; C_6-10 aryl; S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; oxo; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);

-L¹ is a bond or C_1-3 alkylene;

-L² is —O—, —N(H)—, —S(O)_0-2—, or a bond;

R^h is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_3-8 cycloalkyl or C_3-8 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (in certain embodiments, it is provided that when R^h is C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected C_1-4 alkyl, -L¹ is a bond, or -L² is —O—, —N(H)—, or —S—);
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;
  • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;

-L³ is —C_1-3 alkylene or a bond;

-L⁴ is —O—, —N(H)—, —S(O)_0-2—, or a bond;

each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, —OH, C_1-4 alkyl, C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl, and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, NH₂, NH(C_1-4 alkyl), N(C_1-4 alkyl)₂, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; or R′ and R″ together with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached forms a ring of 3-8 ring atoms, wherein the ring has: (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, each of which is substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-3 alkyl; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N(H), N(C_1-6 alkyl), O, and S; and

with the proviso that the compound is not

In one aspect, compounds of Formula (I), or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, are featured:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a tautomer thereof,

wherein:

X¹ is selected from the group consisting of O, S, N, NR², and CR⁵;

X² is selected from the group consisting of O, S, N, NR⁴, and CR⁵;

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising X¹ and X² is heteroaryl; and

the 6-membered ring is aromatic:

one of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is selected from the group consisting of R* and —OR*;

and each of the three remaining R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is an independently selected R**;

wherein:

R* is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_3-8 cycloalkyl or C_3-8 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g;
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g;
  • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), 0, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and

each R** is independently selected from the group consisting of:

H; halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; -L³-L⁴-R*; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)(═NH)(C_1-4 alkyl); SF₅; —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);

W is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) C(═O);

(ii) C(═S);

(iii) S(O)_1-2;

(iv) C(═NR^d) or C(═NH);

(vi) C(═C—NO₂); and

(vii) S(O)N(R^d) or S(O)NH;

Q-A is defined according to (A) or (B) below:

Q is selected from the group consisting of: NH and N(C_1-6 alkyl) wherein the C_1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a; and

A is:

(i) —(Y^A1)_n—Y^A2, wherein:

• • n is 0 or 1;
  • Y^A1 is C_1-6 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; and
  • Y^A2 is:
    • (a) C_3-20 cycloalkyl or C_3-20 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b,
    • (b) C_6-20 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^c;
    • (c) heteroaryl of 5-20 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c; or
    • (d) heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b, OR

(ii) C_1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a, OR

Q and A, taken together, form:

and

E is a ring of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b,

each occurrence of R² is independently selected from the group consisting of:

• • (i) C_1-6 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a;
  • (ii) C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl;
  • (iii) heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2;
  • (iv) C_6-10 aryl;
  • (v) heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2;
  • (vi) —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl);
  • (vii) —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl);
  • (viii) —CON(R′)(R″);
  • (ix) —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″);
  • (x) —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl);
  • (xi) —OH;
  • (xii) C_1-4 alkoxy; and
  • (xiii) H;

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^a;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H; halo; —OH; —C_1-4 alkyl; —C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano, and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of H; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^a; —OH; C_1-4 alkoxy; C(═O)H; C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^eR^f; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano, and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^a1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^eR^f; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano, C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl, C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl, and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^b is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl; —OH; oxo; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^e1R^f1; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano; and -L¹-L²-R^h;

each occurrence of R^c is independently selected from the group consisting of:

halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); and -L¹-L²-R^h;

R^d is selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy;

each occurrence of R^e and R^f is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; C_1-6 alkyl; C_1-6 haloalkyl; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy; or R^e and R^f together with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached forms a ring of 3-8 ring atoms, wherein the ring has: (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, each of which is substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-3 alkyl; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom attached to R^e and R), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N(R^d), NH, O, and S;

each occurrence of R^e1 and R^f1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; C_1-6 alkyl; C_1-6 haloalkyl; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy;

each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; oxo; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);

-L¹ is a bond or C_1-3 alkylene;

-L² is —O—, —N(H)—, —S(O)_0-2—, or a bond;

R^h is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_3-8 cycloalkyl or C_3-8 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (in certain embodiments, it is provided that when R^h is C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected C_1-4 alkyl, -L¹ is a bond, or -L² is —O—, —N(H)—, or —S—);
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;
  • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;

-L³ is —C_1-3 alkylene or a bond;

-L⁴ is —O—, —N(H)—, —S(O)_0-2—, or a bond; and

each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, —OH, C_1-4 alkyl, C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl, and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, NH₂, NH(C_1-4 alkyl), N(C_1-4 alkyl)₂, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; or R′ and R″ together with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached forms a ring of 3-8 ring atoms, wherein the ring has: (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, each of which is substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-3 alkyl; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N(H), N(C_1-6 alkyl), O, and S.

In some embodiments, it is provided that the compound is not

(e.g., with the proviso that the compound is not

Embodiments can include any one or more of the features delineated below and/or in the claims.

The Variables X¹ and X²

In some embodiments, X¹ is NR². In certain of these embodiments, X¹ is NH.

In some embodiments, X² is CR⁵. In certain of these embodiments, X² is CH. In other embodiments, R⁵ is other than H.

In certain embodiments, X¹ is NR²; and X² is CR⁵.

In certain embodiments, X¹ is NH; and X² is CH.

The

Moiety

In some embodiments, the R

moiety is

wherein one of R^1a and R^1b is R*.

In some embodiments, the

moiety is

wherein the asterisk denotes point of attachment to X¹.

In some embodiments, the

moiety is

In some embodiments, the

moiety is

Non-Limiting Combinations of X¹, X², and the

Moiety

In some embodiments, the compound is a compound of Formula (I-a):

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a), the compound has formula the compound has formula (I-a1):

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a), the compound has formula (I-a2):

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a), (when the compound has formula (I-a2)) the compound has formula (I-a2-1):

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a), the compound has formula (I-a3):

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a), the compound has formula (I-a4):

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a) (when the compound has formula (I-a1) or (I-a3)), the compound has formula (I-a1-1) or (I-a3-1):

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a) (e.g., when the compound has Formula (I-a1), (I-a2), (I-a2-1), (I-a3), (I-a3-1), or (I-a4)), R² is H; and R⁵ is H.

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-a) (e.g., when the compound has Formula (I-a1), (I-a2), (I-a2-1), (I-a3), (I-a3-1), or (I-a4)), R² is selected from the group consisting of: heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and R⁵ is H.

The Variables R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1dIn some embodiments, one of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is selected from the group consisting of R* and —OR*; and each of the three remaining R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is an independently selected R**.

In some embodiments, one of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is selected from the group consisting of R*; and each of the three remaining R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is an independently selected R**.

In some embodiments, R* is selected from the group consisting of:

• • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

In certain embodiments, R* is heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g. In certain of these embodiments, R* is heteroaryl of 5 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

As a non-limiting example of the foregoing, R* is

wherein

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is heteroaryl;

Z¹ is selected from N and CH;

Z² is selected from N, O, and CH;

Z³ is selected from C(R^g), N(R^g), N(R^d), and N;

Z⁴ is selected from N, NH, S, CH, N(R^g), N(R^d), and O; and

the asterisk denotes point of attachment to the six-membered ring of the bicyclic ring portion of Formula I.

In certain of the foregoing R* embodiments, each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; C_6-10 aryl; —OH; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_1-4 alkoxy; or cyano); halo; C_6-10 aryl; and cyano.

In certain of the foregoing R* embodiments, each occurrence of R^g is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_6-10 aryl).

In certain of the foregoing R* embodiments, each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, hydroxyethyl, difluoromethyl, benzyl,

phenyl, cyano, —Cl, —C(O)CH₃, and cyclobutyl.

In certain of the foregoing R* embodiments, each occurrence of R^d is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

In certain embodiments, R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g. As a non-limiting example of the foregoing, R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms (e.g., pyridyl (e.g., 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl) and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy); halo (e.g., F or Cl); or —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂ or —NHMe). As a further non-limiting example of the foregoing, R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy) and —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂).

In certain embodiments, R* is heteroaryl of 9 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g. As a non-limiting example of the foregoing, R* is selected from the group consisting of:

and each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents selected from oxo or fluoro. For example, R* is selected from the group consisting of:

In certain other embodiments, R* is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g. As a non-limiting example of the foregoing, R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl); —OH; cyano; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″) (e.g., —C(═O)NMe₂); S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —SO₂Et); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —C(═O)Me); —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄ (e.g., —Si(CH₃)₄); C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with cyano; C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g., —OCHF₂ or —OCF₃); C_1-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected Rai (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, cyano, —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl), or —NR^eR^f). As a further non-limiting example of the foregoing, R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl) or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH).

Non-limiting examples of R* include:

Further non-limiting examples of R* include:

In some embodiments, each occurrence of R** is selected from the group consisting of: H; halo (e.g., F); cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., CF₃); C_1-4 alkoxy; —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).

For example, each occurrence of R** is H or F:

The Variable W

In some embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) C(═O);

(iii) S(O)₂;

(iv) C(═NR^d) or C(═NH);

(vi) C(═C—NO₂); and

(vii) S(O)N(R^d) or S(O)NH.

In certain embodiments, W is selected from the group consisting of C(═O) and S(O)₂ (e.g., W is C(═O)).

The Variables R², R⁵, and R⁶

In some embodiments, R² is H.

In some embodiments, R² is selected from the group consisting of: heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2.

In some embodiments, R⁵ is H or halo. In certain embodiments, R⁵ is H.

In some embodiments, R⁶ is H.

The Variables Q-A

In some embodiments, Q-A is defined according to (A).

In some embodiments, Q is NH. In some other embodiments, Q is N(C_1-3 alkyl) (e.g., NMe or NEt).

In some embodiments, A is —(Y^A1)_n—Y^A2. In certain of these embodiments, n is 0.

In certain other embodiments (when A is —(Y^A1)_n—Y^A2), n is 1. In certain of these embodiments, Y^A1 is C_1-6 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^a.

In certain of these embodiments, Y^A1 is —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂—, —CH(CF₃)—, —CH₂CH(OH)—,

(e.g., Y^A1 is CH₂). As a non-limiting example of the foregoing embodiments, Y^A1 can be —CH₂— or —CH₂CH₂—.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c.

In certain of these embodiments, Y^A2 is C₆ aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is C₆ aryl, which is substituted with 1-3 R^c.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^c, wherein one R^c is at the ring carbon para to the point of attachment to Y^A1.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^c, wherein 1-2 R^c is at the ring carbons meta to the point of attachment to Y^A1.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c), each occurrence of R^c is selected from the group consisting of:

• • halo (e.g., F or Cl);
  • C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., CF₃); and
  • -L¹-L²-R^h.

In certain of these embodiments (when each occurrence of R^c is selected from the group consisting of: (a) halo (e.g., F or Cl); (c) C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., CF₃); and (s) -L¹-L²-R^h), L¹ is a bond; L² is a bond or —N(H)—; and R^h is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_4-6 cycloalkyl or C_4-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with from 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F), C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;
  • phenyl, which is optionally substituted with from 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F), C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; and
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 5-6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), and O, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g.,

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is C_7-10 bicyclic aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^e (e.g., Y^A2 is naphthyl (e.g.,

indanyl (e.g.,

tetrahydronapthyl, or

each of which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c).

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is heteroaryl of 5-14 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

In certain of the foregoing embodiments, Y^A2 is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidinyl (e.g., pyridyl)), wherein 1-2 (e.g., 1) ring atoms are ring nitrogen atoms, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) independently selected R^c.

In certain of the foregoing embodiments, Y^A2 is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidinyl (e.g., pyridyl)), Y^A2 is substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^c; and one occurrence of R^c is at the ring carbon atom para to the point of attachment to Y^A1 (e.g.,

In certain of the foregoing embodiments, Y^A2 is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidinyl (e.g., pyridyl)), Y^A2 is substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^c; and one occurrence of R^c is at the ring carbon atom meta to the point of attachment to Y^A1.

In certain of the foregoing embodiments, Y^A2 is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidinyl (e.g., pyridyl)), wherein 1-2 (e.g., 1) ring atoms are ring nitrogen atoms, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) independently selected R^c. In certain of these embodiments, when the heteroaryl ring is substituted with 2 or 3 independently selected R^c, one occurrence of R^c is at the position para to the point of attachment of Y^A2 to Y^A1 and at least one occurrence of R^c is at the position meta to the point of attachment of Y^A2 to Y^A1.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl of 7-14 (e.g., 9-12 (e.g., 9, 10, 11, or 12)) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

In certain of these embodiments, Y^A2 is bicyclic heteroaryl of 9-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

As a non-limiting example of the foregoing embodiments, Y^A2 can be bicyclic heteroaryl of 10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 (e.g.,

and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

In certain of the foregoing embodiments (wherein Y^A2 is aryl or heteroaryl as described supra), each occurrence of R^c is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^eR^f; —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)(OH); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); and -L¹-L²-R^h.

In certain embodiments, each occurrence of R^c is selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F) and -L¹-L²-R^h. In certain of these embodiments, L¹ is a bond; L² is —O—, —N(H)—, or a bond; and R^h is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_4-6 cycloalkyl or C_4-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; and
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), and O, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl.

As a non-limiting example of the foregoing, R^h is selected from cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, and piperidine; wherein R^h is optionally substituted with 1-2 F.

In certain embodiments, one occurrence of R^c is halo (e.g., F or Cl (e.g., Cl)).

In certain embodiments, one occurrence of R^c is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a.

In certain embodiments, one occurrence of R^c is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10). As a non-limiting example, one occurrence of R^c can be ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

In certain embodiments (when one occurrence of R^c is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a), the occurrence of R^c is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a. In certain of these embodiments, each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy. As a non-limiting example, each occurrence of R^a is halo (e.g., F). In certain embodiments (e.g., when one occurrence of R^c is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a), the occurrence of R^c is CF₃.

In certain embodiments, one occurrence of R^c is -L¹-L²-R^h. In certain of these embodiments, L¹ is a bond and/or L² is a bond.

In certain embodiments (when one occurrence of R^c is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl.

In certain embodiments (when one occurrence of R^c is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is C₆ aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g.,

In certain embodiments (when one occurrence of R^c is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-10 (e.g., 5-6) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl. As a non-limiting example of the foregoing embodiments, R^h can be

In certain embodiments (when one occurrence of R^e is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is C_3-8 cycloalkyl or C_3-8 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl. In certain of these embodiments, R^h is C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl. As non-limiting examples, R^h can be selected from the group consisting of:

In any one of more of the foregoing embodiments of R^c, each of the remaining occurrences of R^c is C_1-6 alkyl or halo.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is C_3-20 cycloalkyl or C_3-20 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b. In certain of these embodiments, Y^A2 is C_3-10 cycloalkyl (e.g., monocyclic C_3-10 cycloalkyl), which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is C_3-6 (e.g., C₃, C₅, or C₆) cycloalkyl or C_3-6 (e.g., C₃, C₅, or C₆) cycloalkenyl, each of which is substituted with 1-4 (e.g., 1-2) R^b (e.g., Y^A2 is cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b).

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is C_5-6 (e.g., C₆) cycloalkyl or C_5-6 (e.g., C₆) cycloalkenyl, each of which is substituted with 1-4 (e.g., 1-2) R^b (e.g., Y^A2 is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b).

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is cyclohexyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is cyclohexyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b), one occurrence of R^b is at the ring carbon atom para to the point of attachment to Y^A1; or one occurrence of R^b is at the ring carbon atom meta to the point of attachment to Y^A1.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is cyclopentyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is bicyclic, tricyclic, or polycyclic (e.g., bicyclic or polycyclic) C_7-20 cycloalkyl or C_7-20 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b.

In certain of these embodiments, Y^A2 is selected from the group consisting of: spiro[5.5]undecanyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-enyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (e.g.,

spiro[2.5]octanyl (e.g.,

and adamantly (e.g.

As a non-limiting example, Y^A2 is

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is C_3-20 cycloalkyl or C_3-20 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b), each occurrence of R^b is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl; —OH; oxo; —F; —Cl; —NR^e1R^f1; C_1-4 alkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); —S(O)₂(NR′R″); cyano; and —R^h. In certain of these embodiments, each occurrence of R^b is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-4 alkyl; C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., CF₃); —F; —NR^e1R^f1; C_1-4 alkoxy; and —R^h. In certain of the foregoing embodiments, —R^h is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., phenyl optionally substituted with 1-2 F).

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), 0, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b. In certain of these embodiments, Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 4-6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), and O, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b. As a non-limiting example of the foregoing, Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 4-6 ring atoms, wherein 1 ring atom is N(R^d).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b), R^d is selected from the group consisting of C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b), each occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl; —F; —Cl; —Br; cyano; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); oxo; cyano; and -L¹-L²-R^h.

In certain of these embodiments, one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a.

In certain of these embodiments, one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10). As a non-limiting example of the foregoing embodiments, one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 can be ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl; or sec-butyl; or tert-butyl; or iso-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b), one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a. In certain of these embodiments, each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4haloalkoxy. For example, one or more occurrences of R^a can be an independently selected halo (which can be the same or different halo); e.g., fluoro, and R^b can be CF₃ or —CF₂CH₃.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b), one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is -L¹-L²-R^h (e.g., —R^h or —CH₂—R^h such as benzyl).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b), one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is C_1-4 alkoxy or C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g.,

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b), one occurrence of R^b is —F or —Cl (e.g., —F).

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is

n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is

n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is

one of Q¹ and Q² is N; the other one of Q¹ and Q² is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is

one of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is N; each of the remaining of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^cA is selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^eR^f; —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)(OH); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); and -L¹-L²-R^h.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^cA is halo (e.g., F) or unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy). In certain of these embodiments, R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected halo (e.g., R^cA is CF₃).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h.

In certain of these embodiments, -L¹ is a bond. In certain embodiments (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), -L² is a bond.

In certain embodiments (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl, such as C₆ aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F), C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g.,

In certain embodiments (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-10 (e.g., 5-6) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl, such as

In certain embodiments (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkyl or C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., R^h is cyclohexyl or 3,3-difluorocyclobutyl (e.g., R^h is cyclohexyl)).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

n1 is 0.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

n1 is 1 or 2 (e.g., 1). In certain of these embodiments, each occurrence of R^cB is independently halo or C_1-3 alkyl (e.g., halo).

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is

n2 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b.

In certain embodiments, Y^A2 is

n2 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^bA is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl; or sec-butyl; or tert-butyl; or iso-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each R^a is selected from the group consisting of halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy) (e.g., R^bA is CF₃ or —CF₂CH₃).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^bA is —F or —Cl.

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^bA is -L¹-L²-R^h (e.g., —R^h (e.g., phenyl or 3,5-difluorophenyl) or —CH₂—R^h such as benzyl).

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

R^bA is C_1-4 alkoxy or C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g.,

In certain embodiments (when Y^A2 is

n2 is 0.

In certain other embodiments, n2 is 1 or 2. In certain of these embodiments, each occurrence R^bB is selected from the group consisting of —F, —Cl, and C_1-3 alkyl.

Non-limiting examples of A include:

Further non-limiting examples of A include:

Further non-limiting examples of A include:

Further non-limiting examples of A include:

In some embodiments, Q-A is as defined according to (B).

In certain embodiments, E is a saturated or partially unsaturated ring of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 0-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom that is present), each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), 0, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the carbon portion of the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b.

In certain embodiments, E a ring of 5-8 ring atoms, wherein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is piperidinyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is

wherein R^b is C_1-6 alkyl)). As a non-limiting example, E is

Non-Limiting Combinations

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n1 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n1 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); one of Q¹ and Q² is N; the other one of Q¹ and Q² is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); one of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is N; each of the remaining of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴ is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R″ is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein

W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O);

B¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

(a) bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl of 7-14 (e.g., 9-12 (e.g., 9, 10, 11, or 12)) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c; and

(b) C_7-10 bicyclic aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c;

and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-5), B1 is bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl of 9-10 (e.g., 10) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

As a non-limiting example of the foregoing embodiments, B1 can be

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4), R^cA is selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C₁-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^eR^f; —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)(OH); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); and -L¹-L²-R^h.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4), R^cA is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4), R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy). In certain of these embodiments, R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected halo (e.g., R^cA is CF₃).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4), R^cA is halo (e.g., F or Cl (e.g., F)).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4), R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h. In certain of these embodiments, -L¹ is a bond. In certain embodiments (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), -L² is a —N(H) or bond (e.g., a bond).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4) (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl, such as C₆ aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g.,

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4) (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-10 (e.g., 5-6) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl, such as

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4) (when R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h), R^h is C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkyl or C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., R^h is cyclohexyl).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), and (I-4), n1 is 0.

In certain other embodiments, n1 is 1 or 2 (e.g., 1). In certain of these embodiments, each occurrence of R^cB is independently halo or C_1-3 alkyl (e.g., halo).

In certain embodiments of the compound of Formula (I-1),

X² is CH; X¹ is NH; R^1d is H;

one of R^1a, R^1b, and R^1c is

wherein

• • each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising Z¹, Z², and Z³ is heteroaryl;
  • Z¹ is selected from N and CH;
  • Z² is selected from N, O, and CH;
  • Z³ is selected from C(R^g), N(R^g), N(R^d), and N;
  • each occurrence of R^g is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; —F; —Cl; or C_6-10 aryl).
  • the asterisk denotes point of attachment to the six-membered ring of the bicyclic ring portion of Formula I;
  • and the other of R^1a, R^1b, and R^1c are each R**.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n2 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n2 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); B² is: bicyclic, tricyclic, or polycyclic C_7-20 cycloalkyl or C_7-20 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b, and

R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-8), B² is selected from the group consisting of: spiro[5.5]undecanyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-enyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (e.g.,

spiro[2.5]octanyl (e.g.,

and adamantly (e.g.,

For example, B² is

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-6) and (I-7), R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a.

In certain of these embodiments, R^bA is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl; or sec-butyl; or tert-butyl; or iso-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

In certain other embodiments, R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each R^a is selected from the group consisting of halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy) (e.g., R^bA is CF₃).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-6) and (I-7), R^bA is —F or —Cl.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-6) and (I-7), R^bA is -L¹-L²-R^h (e.g., —R^h (e.g., phenyl or 3,5-difluorophenyl) or —CH₂—R^h such as benzyl).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-6) and (I-7), R^bA is C_1-4 alkoxy or C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g.,

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-6) and (I-7), n2 is 0.

In certain other embodiments, n2 is 1 or 2. In certain of these embodiments, each occurrence R^bB is selected from the group consisting of —F, —Cl, and C_1-3 alkyl.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), and (I-8), n is 0.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), and (I-8), n is 1. In certain of these embodiments, Y^A1 is C_1-6 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a. In certain of these embodiments, Y^A1 is —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂—, —CH(CF₃)—, —CH₂CH(OH)—,

(e.g., CH₂),

(e.g., Y^A1 is —CH₂— or —CH₂CH₂—).

In certain embodiments, the compound has the following formula:

wherein:

E is a ring of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b.

In certain of these embodiments, E is a saturated or partially unsaturated ring of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 0-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom that is present), each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the carbon portion of the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b.

In certain embodiments of Formula (I-9), E is a ring of 5-8 ring atoms, herein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is piperidinyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is

wherein R^b is C_1-6 alkyl)).

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), one of R^1a and R^1b is R*, the other of R^1a and R^1b is R** (e.g., H or F); and each of R^1c and R^1d is H.

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), one of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is R*, one of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is R** (e.g., H or F); and the remaining two of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d are each H.

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), (when one of R^1a and R^1b is R*, the other of R^1a and R^1b is R** (e.g., H or F); and each of R^1c and R^1d is H), R* is

wherein

• • each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is heteroaryl;
  • Z¹ is selected from N and CH;
  • Z² is selected from N, O, and CH;
  • Z³ is selected from C(R^g), N(R^g), N(R^d), and N;
  • Z⁴ is selected from N, NH, S, CH, N(R^d), and O; and
  • the asterisk denotes point of attachment to the six-membered ring of the bicyclic ring portion of Formula I.

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), (when R* is

as defined immediately above), each occurrence of R^g is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; or C_6-10 aryl). In some of these embodiments, X¹ is NH and X² is CH. In some further of these embodiments,

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), (when R* is

as defined immediately above), each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; C_6-10 aryl; —OH; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_1-4 alkoxy; or cyano); halo; C_6-10 aryl; and cyano.

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), (when R* is

as defined immediately above), R^d is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), (when one of R^1a and R^1b is R*, the other of R^1a and R^1b is R** (e.g., H or F); and each of R^1c and R^1d is H), R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g. In certain of these embodiments, R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy) and —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂). In certain other of these embodiments, R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms (e.g., pyridyl (e.g., 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl) and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy); halo (e.g., F or Cl); or —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂ or —NHMe).

In some embodiments of any one or more of Formulas (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), (when one of R^1a and R^1b is R*, the other of R^1a and R^1b is R** (e.g., H or F); and each of R^1c and R^1d is H), R* is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g. In certain of these embodiments, R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl) or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH). In certain of these embodiments, R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl); —OH; cyano; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″) (e.g., —C(═O)NMe₂); S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —SO₂Et); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —C(═O)Me); —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄ (e.g., —Si(CH₃)₄); C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with cyano; C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g., —OCHF₂ or —OCF₃); C_1-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, cyano, —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl), or —NR^eR^f).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), the

moiety is

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), the

moiety is

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), the

moiety is

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5, (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), the

moiety is

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), R² is H.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), R² is selected from the group consisting of: heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), R⁵ is H.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), and (I-8), R⁷ is H.

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), each R** is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; -L³-L⁴-Rⁱ; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)(═NH)(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).

In certain embodiments of any one or more of Formulae (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), and (I-9), R⁶ is H.

Non-Limiting Exemplary Compounds

In certain embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compound delineated in Table C₁ below.

TABLE C1
Com-
pound
No. Structure
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302

In some embodiments, the compound is the following compound:

and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.

Pharmaceutical Compositions and Administration

General

In some embodiments, a chemical entity (e.g., a compound that inhibits (e.g., antagonizes) STING, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, and/or hydrate, and/or cocrystal, and/or drug combination thereof) is administered as a pharmaceutical composition that includes the chemical entity and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, and optionally one or more additional therapeutic agents as described herein.

In some embodiments, the chemical entities can be administered in combination with one or more conventional pharmaceutical excipients. Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients include, but are not limited to, ion exchangers, alumina, aluminum stearate, lecithin, self-emulsifying drug delivery systems (SEDDS) such as d-α-tocopherol polyethylene glycol 1000 succinate, surfactants used in pharmaceutical dosage forms such as Tweens, poloxamers or other similar polymeric delivery matrices, serum proteins, such as human serum albumin, buffer substances such as phosphates, tris, glycine, sorbic acid, potassium sorbate, partial glyceride mixtures of saturated vegetable fatty acids, water, salts or electrolytes, such as protamine sulfate, disodium hydrogen phosphate, potassium hydrogen phosphate, sodium-chloride, zinc salts, colloidal silica, magnesium trisilicate, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, cellulose-based substances, polyethylene glycol, sodium carboxymethyl cellulose, polyacrylates, waxes, polyethylene-polyoxypropylene-block polymers, and wool fat. Cyclodextrins such as α-, β, and γ-cyclodextrin, or chemically modified derivatives such as hydroxyalkylcyclodextrins, including 2- and 3-hydroxypropyl-β-cyclodextrins, or other solubilized derivatives can also be used to enhance delivery of compounds described herein. Dosage forms or compositions containing a chemical entity as described herein in the range of 0.005% to 100% with the balance made up from non-toxic excipient may be prepared. The contemplated compositions may contain 0.001%-100% of a chemical entity provided herein, in one embodiment 0.1-95%, in another embodiment 75-85%, in a further embodiment 20-80%.

Actual methods of preparing such dosage forms are known, or will be apparent, to those skilled in this art; for example, see Remington: The Science and Practice of Pharmacy, 22^nd Edition (Pharmaceutical Press, London, U K. 2012).

Routes of Administration and Composition Components

In some embodiments, the chemical entities described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof can be administered to subject in need thereof by any accepted route of administration. Acceptable routes of administration include, but are not limited to, buccal, cutaneous, endocervical, endosinusial, endotracheal, enteral, epidural, interstitial, intra-abdominal, intra-arterial, intrabronchial, intrabursal, intracerebral, intracisternal, intracoronary, intradermal, intraductal, intraduodenal, intradural, intraepidermal, intraesophageal, intragastric, intragingival, intraileal, intralymphatic, intramedullary, intrameningeal, intramuscular, intraovarian, intraperitoneal, intraprostatic, intrapulmonary, intrasinal, intraspinal, intrasynovial, intratesticular, intrathecal, intratubular, intratumoral, intrauterine, intravascular, intravenous, nasal, nasogastric, oral, parenteral, percutaneous, peridural, rectal, respiratory (inhalation), subcutaneous, sublingual, submucosal, topical, transdermal, transmucosal, transtracheal, ureteral, urethral and vaginal. In certain embodiments, a preferred route of administration is parenteral (e.g., intratumoral).

Compositions can be formulated for parenteral administration, e.g., formulated for injection via the intravenous, intramuscular, sub-cutaneous, or even intraperitoneal routes. Typically, such compositions can be prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for use to prepare solutions or suspensions upon the addition of a liquid prior to injection can also be prepared; and the preparations can also be emulsified. The preparation of such formulations will be known to those of skill in the art in light of the present disclosure.

The pharmaceutical forms suitable for injectable use include sterile aqueous solutions or dispersions; formulations including sesame oil, peanut oil, or aqueous propylene glycol; and sterile powders for the extemporaneous preparation of sterile injectable solutions or dispersions. In all cases the form must be sterile and must be fluid to the extent that it may be easily injected. It also should be stable under the conditions of manufacture and storage and must be preserved against the contaminating action of microorganisms, such as bacteria and fungi.

The carrier also can be a solvent or dispersion medium containing, for example, water, ethanol, polyol (for example, glycerol, propylene glycol, and liquid polyethylene glycol, and the like), suitable mixtures thereof, and vegetable oils. The proper fluidity can be maintained, for example, by the use of a coating, such as lecithin, by the maintenance of the required particle size in the case of dispersion, and by the use of surfactants. The prevention of the action of microorganisms can be brought about by various antibacterial and antifungal agents, for example, parabens, chlorobutanol, phenol, sorbic acid, thimerosal, and the like. In many cases, it will be preferable to include isotonic agents, for example, sugars or sodium chloride. Prolonged absorption of the injectable compositions can be brought about by the use in the compositions of agents delaying absorption, for example, aluminum monostearate and gelatin.

Sterile injectable solutions are prepared by incorporating the active compounds in the required amount in the appropriate solvent with various of the other ingredients enumerated above, as required, followed by filtered sterilization. Generally, dispersions are prepared by incorporating the various sterilized active ingredients into a sterile vehicle which contains the basic dispersion medium and the required other ingredients from those enumerated above. In the case of sterile powders for the preparation of sterile injectable solutions, the preferred methods of preparation are vacuum-drying and freeze-drying techniques, which yield a powder of the active ingredient, plus any additional desired ingredient from a previously sterile-filtered solution thereof.

Intratumoral injections are discussed, e.g., in Lammers, et al., “Effect of Intratumoral Injection on the Biodistribution and the Therapeutic Potential of HPMA Copolymer-Based Drug Delivery Systems” Neoplasia. 2006, 10, 788-795.

Pharmacologically acceptable excipients usable in the rectal composition as a gel, cream, enema, or rectal suppository, include, without limitation, any one or more of cocoa butter glycerides, synthetic polymers such as polyvinylpyrrolidone, PEG (like PEG ointments), glycerine, glycerinated gelatin, hydrogenated vegetable oils, poloxamers, mixtures of polyethylene glycols of various molecular weights and fatty acid esters of polyethylene glycol Vaseline, anhydrous lanolin, shark liver oil, sodium saccharinate, menthol, sweet almond oil, sorbitol, sodium benzoate, anoxid SBN, vanilla essential oil, aerosol, parabens in phenoxyethanol, sodium methyl p-oxybenzoate, sodium propyl p-oxybenzoate, diethylamine, carbomers, carbopol, methyloxybenzoate, macrogol cetostearyl ether, cocoyl caprylocaprate, isopropyl alcohol, propylene glycol, liquid paraffin, xanthan gum, carboxy-metabisulfite, sodium edetate, sodium benzoate, potassium metabisulfite, grapefruit seed extract, methyl sulfonyl methane (MSM), lactic acid, glycine, vitamins, such as vitamin A and E and potassium acetate.

In certain embodiments, suppositories can be prepared by mixing the chemical entities described herein with suitable non-irritating excipients or carriers such as cocoa butter, polyethylene glycol or a suppository wax which are solid at ambient temperature but liquid at body temperature and therefore melt in the rectum and release the active compound. In other embodiments, compositions for rectal administration are in the form of an enema.

In other embodiments, the compounds described herein or a pharmaceutical composition thereof are suitable for local delivery to the digestive or GI tract by way of oral administration (e.g., solid or liquid dosage forms).

Solid dosage forms for oral administration include capsules, tablets, pills, powders, and granules. In such solid dosage forms, the chemical entity is mixed with one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients, such as sodium citrate or dicalcium phosphate and/or: a) fillers or extenders such as starches, lactose, sucrose, glucose, mannitol, and silicic acid, b) binders such as, for example, carboxymethylcellulose, alginates, gelatin, polyvinylpyrrolidinone, sucrose, and acacia, c) humectants such as glycerol, d) disintegrating agents such as agar-agar, calcium carbonate, potato or tapioca starch, alginic acid, certain silicates, and sodium carbonate, e) solution retarding agents such as paraffin, f) absorption accelerators such as quaternary ammonium compounds, g) wetting agents such as, for example, cetyl alcohol and glycerol monostearate, h) absorbents such as kaolin and bentonite clay, and i) lubricants such as talc, calcium stearate, magnesium stearate, solid polyethylene glycols, sodium lauryl sulfate, and mixtures thereof. In the case of capsules, tablets and pills, the dosage form may also comprise buffering agents. Solid compositions of a similar type may also be employed as fillers in soft and hard-filled gelatin capsules using such excipients as lactose or milk sugar as well as high molecular weight polyethylene glycols and the like.

In one embodiment, the compositions will take the form of a unit dosage form such as a pill or tablet and thus the composition may contain, along with a chemical entity provided herein, a diluent such as lactose, sucrose, dicalcium phosphate, or the like; a lubricant such as magnesium stearate or the like; and a binder such as starch, gum acacia, polyvinylpyrrolidine, gelatin, cellulose, cellulose derivatives or the like. In another solid dosage form, a powder, marume, solution or suspension (e.g., in propylene carbonate, vegetable oils, PEG's, poloxamer 124 or triglycerides) is encapsulated in a capsule (gelatin or cellulose base capsule). Unit dosage forms in which one or more chemical entities provided herein or additional active agents are physically separated are also contemplated; e.g., capsules with granules (or tablets in a capsule) of each drug; two-layer tablets; two-compartment gel caps, etc. Enteric coated or delayed release oral dosage forms are also contemplated.

Other physiologically acceptable compounds include wetting agents, emulsifying agents, dispersing agents or preservatives that are particularly useful for preventing the growth or action of microorganisms. Various preservatives are well known and include, for example, phenol and ascorbic acid.

In certain embodiments the excipients are sterile and generally free of undesirable matter. These compositions can be sterilized by conventional, well-known sterilization techniques. For various oral dosage form excipients such as tablets and capsules sterility is not required. The USP/NF standard is usually sufficient.

In certain embodiments, solid oral dosage forms can further include one or more components that chemically and/or structurally predispose the composition for delivery of the chemical entity to the stomach or the lower GI; e.g., the ascending colon and/or transverse colon and/or distal colon and/or small bowel. Exemplary formulation techniques are described in, e.g., Filipski, K. J., et al., Current Topics in Medicinal Chemistry, 2013, 13, 776-802, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

Examples include upper-GI targeting techniques, e.g., Accordion Pill (Intec Pharma), floating capsules, and materials capable of adhering to mucosal walls.

Other examples include lower-GI targeting techniques. For targeting various regions in the intestinal tract, several enteric/pH-responsive coatings and excipients are available. These materials are typically polymers that are designed to dissolve or erode at specific pH ranges, selected based upon the GI region of desired drug release. These materials also function to protect acid labile drugs from gastric fluid or limit exposure in cases where the active ingredient may be irritating to the upper GI (e.g., hydroxypropyl methylcellulose phthalate series, Coateric (polyvinyl acetate phthalate), cellulose acetate phthalate, hydroxypropyl methylcellulose acetate succinate, Eudragit series (methacrylic acid-methyl methacrylate copolymers), and Marcoat). Other techniques include dosage forms that respond to local flora in the GI tract, Pressure-controlled colon delivery capsule, and Pulsincap.

Ocular compositions can include, without limitation, one or more of any of the following: viscogens (e.g., Carboxymethylcellulose, Glycerin, Polyvinylpyrrolidone, Polyethylene glycol); Stabilizers (e.g., Pluronic (triblock copolymers), Cyclodextrins); Preservatives (e.g., Benzalkonium chloride, ETDA, SofZia (boric acid, propylene glycol, sorbitol, and zinc chloride; Alcon Laboratories, Inc.), Purite (stabilized oxychloro complex; Allergan, Inc.)).

Topical compositions can include ointments and creams. Ointments are semisolid preparations that are typically based on petrolatum or other petroleum derivatives. Creams containing the selected active agent are typically viscous liquid or semisolid emulsions, often either oil-in-water or water-in-oil. Cream bases are typically water-washable, and contain an oil phase, an emulsifier and an aqueous phase. The oil phase, also sometimes called the “internal” phase, is generally comprised of petrolatum and a fatty alcohol such as cetyl or stearyl alcohol; the aqueous phase usually, although not necessarily, exceeds the oil phase in volume, and generally contains a humectant. The emulsifier in a cream formulation is generally a nonionic, anionic, cationic or amphoteric surfactant. As with other carriers or vehicles, an ointment base should be inert, stable, nonirritating and non-sensitizing.

In any of the foregoing embodiments, pharmaceutical compositions described herein can include one or more one or more of the following: lipids, interbilayer crosslinked multilamellar vesicles, biodegradeable poly(D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid) [PLGA]-based or poly anhydride-based nanoparticles or microparticles, and nanoporous particle-supported lipid bilayers.

Dosages

The dosages may be varied depending on the requirement of the patient, the severity of the condition being treating and the particular compound being employed. Determination of the proper dosage for a particular situation can be determined by one skilled in the medical arts. The total daily dosage may be divided and administered in portions throughout the day or by means providing continuous delivery.

In some embodiments, the compounds described herein are administered at a dosage of from about 0.001 mg/Kg to about 500 mg/Kg (e.g., from about 0.001 mg/Kg to about 200 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 200 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 150 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 100 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 50 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 10 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 5 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 1 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 0.5 mg/Kg; from about 0.01 mg/Kg to about 0.1 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 200 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 150 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 100 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 50 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 10 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 5 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 1 mg/Kg; from about 0.1 mg/Kg to about 0.5 mg/Kg).

Regimens

The foregoing dosages can be administered on a daily basis (e.g., as a single dose or as two or more divided doses) or non-daily basis (e.g., every other day, every two days, every three days, once weekly, twice weeks, once every two weeks, once a month).

In some embodiments, the period of administration of a compound described herein is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, or more. In a further embodiment, a period of during which administration is stopped is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, or more. In an embodiment, a therapeutic compound is administered to an individual for a period of time followed by a separate period of time. In another embodiment, a therapeutic compound is administered for a first period and a second period following the first period, with administration stopped during the second period, followed by a third period where administration of the therapeutic compound is started and then a fourth period following the third period where administration is stopped. In an aspect of this embodiment, the period of administration of a therapeutic compound followed by a period where administration is stopped is repeated for a determined or undetermined period of time. In a further embodiment, a period of administration is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, or more. In a further embodiment, a period of during which administration is stopped is for 1 day, 2 days, 3 days, 4 days, 5 days, 6 days, 7 days, 8 days, 9 days, 10 days, 11 days, 12 days, 13 days, 14 days, 3 weeks, 4 weeks, 5 weeks, 6 weeks, 7 weeks, 8 weeks, 9 weeks, 10 weeks, 11 weeks, 12 weeks, 4 months, 5 months, 6 months, 7 months, 8 months, 9 months, 10 months, 11 months, 12 months, or more.

Methods of Treatment

In some embodiments, methods for treating a subject having condition, disease or disorder in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING activity (e.g., STING signaling) contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the condition, disease or disorder (e.g., immune disorders, cancer) are provided.

Indications

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is cancer. Non-limiting examples of cancer include melanoma, carcinoma, lymphoma, blastoma, sarcoma, and leukemia or lymphoid malignancies. More particular examples of such cancers include breast cancer, colon cancer, rectal cancer, colorectal cancer, kidney or renal cancer, clear cell cancer lung cancer including small-cell lung cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, adenocarcinoma of the lung and squamous carcinoma of the lung, squamous cell cancer (e.g. epithelial squamous cell cancer), cervical cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, prostatic neoplasms, liver cancer, bladder cancer, cancer of the peritoneum, hepatocellular cancer, gastric or stomach cancer including gastrointestinal cancer, gastrointestinal stromal tumor, pancreatic cancer, head and neck cancer, glioblastoma, retinoblastoma, astrocytoma, thecomas, arrhenoblastomas, hepatoma, hematologic malignancies including non-Hodgkins lymphoma (NHL), multiple myeloma, myelodysplasia disorders, myeloproliferative disorders, chronic myelogenous leukemia, and acute hematologic malignancies, endometrial or uterine carcinoma, endometriosis, endometrial stromal sarcoma, fibrosarcomas, choriocarcinoma, salivary gland carcinoma, vulval cancer, thyroid cancer, esophageal carcinomas, hepatic carcinoma, anal carcinoma, penile carcinoma, nasopharyngeal carcinoma, laryngeal carcinomas, Kaposi's sarcoma, mast cell sarcoma, ovarian sarcoma, uterine sarcoma, melanoma, malignant mesothelioma, skin carcinomas, Schwannoma, oligodendroglioma, neuroblastomas, neuroectodermal tumor, rhabdomyosarcoma, osteogenic sarcoma, leiomyosarcomas, Ewing Sarcoma, peripheral primitive neuroectodermal tumor, urinary tract carcinomas, thyroid carcinomas, Wilm's tumor, as well as abnormal vascular proliferation associated with phakomatoses, edema (such as that associated with brain tumors), and Meigs' syndrome. In some cases, the cancer is melanoma.

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is a neurological disorder, which includes disorders that involve the central nervous system (brain, brainstem and cerebellum), the peripheral nervous system (including cranial nerves), and the autonomic nervous system (parts of which are located in both central and peripheral nervous system). Non-limiting examples of cancer include acquired epileptiform aphasia; acute disseminated encephalomyelitis; adrenoleukodystrophy; age-related macular degeneration; agenesis of the corpus callosum; agnosia; Aicardi syndrome; Alexander disease; Alpers' disease; alternating hemiplegia; Alzheimer's disease; Vascular dementia; amyotrophic lateral sclerosis; anencephaly; Angelman syndrome; angiomatosis; anoxia; aphasia; apraxia; arachnoid cysts; arachnoiditis; Anronl-Chiari malformation; arteriovenous malformation; Asperger syndrome; ataxia telegiectasia; attention deficit hyperactivity disorder; autism; autonomic dysfunction; back pain; Batten disease; Behcet's disease; Bell's palsy; benign essential blepharospasm; benign focal; amyotrophy; benign intracranial hypertension; Binswanger's disease; blepharospasm; Bloch Sulzberger syndrome; brachial plexus injury; brain abscess; brain injury; brain tumors (including glioblastoma multiforme); spinal tumor; Brown-Sequard syndrome; Canavan disease; carpal tunnel syndrome; causalgia; central pain syndrome; central pontine myelinolysis; cephalic disorder; cerebral aneurysm; cerebral arteriosclerosis; cerebral atrophy; cerebral gigantism; cerebral palsy; Charcot-Marie-Tooth disease; chemotherapy-induced neuropathy and neuropathic pain; Chiari malformation; chorea; chronic inflammatory demyelinating polyneuropathy; chronic pain; chronic regional pain syndrome; Coffin Lowry syndrome; coma, including persistent vegetative state; congenital facial diplegia; corticobasal degeneration; cranial arteritis; craniosynostosis; Creutzfeldt-Jakob disease; cumulative trauma disorders; Cushing's syndrome; cytomegalic inclusion body disease; cytomegalovirus infection; dancing eyes-dancing feet syndrome; Dandy-Walker syndrome; Dawson disease; De Morsier's syndrome; Dejerine-Klumke palsy; dementia; dermatomyositis; diabetic neuropathy; diffuse sclerosis; dysautonomia; dysgraphia; dyslexia; dystonias; early infantile epileptic encephalopathy; empty sella syndrome; encephalitis; encephaloceles; encephalotrigeminal angiomatosis; epilepsy; Erb's palsy; essential tremor; Fabry's disease; Fahr's syndrome; fainting; familial spastic paralysis; febrile seizures; Fisher syndrome; Friedreich's ataxia; fronto-temporal dementia and other “tauopathies”; Gaucher's disease; Gerstmann's syndrome; giant cell arteritis; giant cell inclusion disease; globoid cell leukodystrophy; Guillain-Barre syndrome; HTLV-1-associated myelopathy; Hallervorden-Spatz disease; head injury; headache; hemifacial spasm; hereditary spastic paraplegia; heredopathia atactica polyneuritiformis; herpes zoster oticus; herpes zoster; Hirayama syndrome; HIV-associated dementia and neuropathy (also neurological manifestations of AIDS); holoprosencephaly; Huntington's disease and other polyglutamine repeat diseases; hydranencephaly; hydrocephalus; hypercortisolism; hypoxia; immune-mediated encephalomyelitis; inclusion body myositis; incontinentia pigmenti; infantile phytanic acid storage disease; infantile refsum disease; infantile spasms; inflammatory myopathy; intracranial cyst; intracranial hypertension; Joubert syndrome; Kearns-Sayre syndrome; Kennedy disease Kinsbourne syndrome; Klippel Feil syndrome; Krabbe disease; Kugelberg-Welander disease; kuru; Lafora disease; Lambert-Eaton myasthenic syndrome; Landau-Kleffner syndrome; lateral medullary (Wallenberg) syndrome; learning disabilities; Leigh's disease; Lennox-Gustaut syndrome; Lesch-Nyhan syndrome; leukodystrophy; Lewy body dementia; Lissencephaly; locked-in syndrome; Lou Gehrig's disease (i.e., motor neuron disease or amyotrophic lateral sclerosis); lumbar disc disease; Lyme disease-neurological sequelae; Machado-Joseph disease; macrencephaly; megalencephaly; Melkersson-Rosenthal syndrome; Menieres disease; meningitis; Menkes disease; metachromatic leukodystrophy; microcephaly; migraine; Miller Fisher syndrome; mini-strokes; mitochondrial myopathies; Mobius syndrome; monomelic amyotrophy; motor neuron disease; Moyamoya disease; mucopolysaccharidoses; milti-infarct dementia; multifocal motor neuropathy; multiple sclerosis and other demyelinating disorders; multiple system atrophy with postural hypotension; p muscular dystrophy; myasthenia gravis; myelinoclastic diffuse sclerosis; myoclonic encephalopathy of infants; myoclonus; myopathy; myotonia congenital; narcolepsy; neurofibromatosis; neuroleptic malignant syndrome; neurological manifestations of AIDS; neurological sequelae of lupus; neuromyotonia; neuronal ceroid lipofuscinosis; neuronal migration disorders; Niemann-Pick disease; O'Sullivan-McLeod syndrome; occipital neuralgia; occult spinal dysraphism sequence; Ohtahara syndrome; olivopontocerebellar atrophy; opsoclonus myoclonus; optic neuritis; orthostatic hypotension; overuse syndrome; paresthesia; Parkinson's disease; paramyotonia congenital; paraneoplastic diseases; paroxysmal attacks; Parry Romberg syndrome; Pelizaeus-Merzbacher disease; periodic paralyses; peripheral neuropathy; painful neuropathy and neuropathic pain; persistent vegetative state; pervasive developmental disorders; photic sneeze reflex; phytanic acid storage disease; Pick's disease; pinched nerve; pituitary tumors; polymyositis; porencephaly; post-polio syndrome; postherpetic neuralgia; postinfectious encephalomyelitis; postural hypotension; Prader-Willi syndrome; primary lateral sclerosis; prion diseases; progressive hemifacial atrophy; progressive multifocal leukoencephalopathy; progressive sclerosing poliodystrophy; progressive supranuclear palsy; pseudotumor cerebri; Ramsay-Hunt syndrome (types I and II); Rasmussen's encephalitis; reflex sympathetic dystrophy syndrome; Refsum disease; repetitive motion disorders; repetitive stress injuries; restless legs syndrome; retrovirus-associated myelopathy; Rett syndrome; Reye's syndrome; Saint Vitus dance; Sandhoff disease; Schilder's disease; schizencephaly; septo-optic dysplasia; shaken baby syndrome; shingles; Shy-Drager syndrome; Sjögren's syndrome; sleep apnea; Soto's syndrome; spasticity; spina bifida; spinal cord injury; spinal cord tumors; spinal muscular atrophy; Stiff-Person syndrome; stroke; Sturge-Weber syndrome; subacute sclerosing panencephalitis; subcortical arteriosclerotic encephalopathy; Sydenham chorea; syncope; syringomyelia; tardive dyskinesia; Tay-Sachs disease; temporal arteritis; tethered spinal cord syndrome; Thomsen disease; thoracic outlet syndrome; Tic Douloureux; Todd's paralysis; Tourette syndrome; transient ischemic attack; transmissible spongiform encephalopathies; transverse myelitis; traumatic brain injury; tremor; trigeminal neuralgia; tropical spastic paraparesis; tuberous sclerosis; vascular dementia (multi-infarct dementia); vasculitis including temporal arteritis; Von Hippel-Lindau disease; Wallenberg's syndrome; Werdnig-Hoffman disease; West syndrome; whiplash; Williams syndrome; Wildon's disease; amyotrophe lateral sclerosis and Zellweger syndrome.

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is STING-associated conditions, e.g., type I interferonopathies (e.g., STING-associated vasculopathywith onset in infancy (SAVI)), Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS), genetic forms of lupus, and inflammation-associated disorders such as systemic lupus erythematosus, and rheumatoid arthritis. In certain embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is an autoimmune disease (e.g., a cytosolic DNA-triggered autoinflammatory disease). Non-limiting examples include rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, multiple sclerosis, inflammatory bowel diseases (IBDs) comprising Crohn disease (CD) and ulcerative colitis (UC), which are chronic inflammatory conditions with polygenic susceptibility. In certain embodiments, the condition is an inflammatory bowel disease. In certain embodiments, the condition is Crohn's disease, autoimmune colitis, iatrogenic autoimmune colitis, ulcerative colitis, colitis induced by one or more chemotherapeutic agents, colitis induced by treatment with adoptive cell therapy, colitis associated by one or more alloimmune diseases (such as graft-vs-host disease, e.g., acute graft vs. host disease and chronic graft vs. host disease), radiation enteritis, collagenous colitis, lymphocytic colitis, microscopic colitis, and radiation enteritis. In certain of these embodiments, the condition is alloimmune disease (such as graft-vs-host disease, e.g., acute graft vs. host disease and chronic graft vs. host disease), celiac disease, irritable bowel syndrome, rheumatoid arthritis, lupus, scleroderma, psoriasis, cutaneous T-cell lymphoma, uveitis, and mucositis (e.g., oral mucositis, esophageal mucositis or intestinal mucositis).

In some embodiments, modulation of the immune system by STING provides for the treatment of diseases, including diseases caused by foreign agents. Exemplary infections by foreign agents which may be treated and/or prevented by the method of the present invention include an infection by a bacterium (e.g., a Gram-positive or Gram-negative bacterium), an infection by a fungus, an infection by a parasite, and an infection by a virus. In one embodiment of the present invention, the infection is a bacterial infection (e.g., infection by E. coli, Klebsiella pneumoniae, Pseudomonas aeruginosa, Salmonella spp., Staphylococcus aureus, Streptococcus spp., or vancomycin-resistant enterococcus), or sepsis. In another embodiment, the infection is a fungal infection (e.g. infection by a mould, a yeast, or a higher fungus). In still another embodiment, the infection is a parasitic infection (e.g., infection by a single-celled or multicellular parasite, including Giardia duodenalis, Cryptosporidium parvum, Cyclospora cayetanensis, and Toxoplasma gondiz).

In yet another embodiment, the infection is a viral infection (e.g., infection by a virus associated with AIDS, avian flu, chickenpox, cold sores, common cold, gastroenteritis, glandular fever, influenza, measles, mumps, pharyngitis, pneumonia, rubella, SARS, and lower or upper respiratory tract infection (e.g., respiratory syncytial virus)).

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is hepatitis B (see, e.g., WO 2015/061294).

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is selected from cardiovascular diseases (including e.g., myocardial infarction).

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is age-related macular degeneration.

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is mucositis, also known as stomatitits, which can occur as a result of chemotherapy or radiation therapy, either alone or in combination as well as damage caused by exposure to radiation outside of the context of radiation therapy.

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is uveitis, which is inflammation of the uvea (e.g., anterior uveitis, e.g., iridocyclitis or iritis; intermediate uveitis (also known as pars planitis); posterior uveitis; or chorioretinitis, e.g., pan-uveitis).

In some embodiments, the condition, disease or disorder is selected from the group consisting of a cancer, a neurological disorder, an autoimmune disease, hepatitis B, uvetitis, a cardiovascular disease, age-related macular degeneration, and mucositis.

Still other examples can include those indications discussed herein and below in contemplated combination therapy regimens.

Combination Therapy

This disclosure contemplates both monotherapy regimens as well as combination therapy regimens.

In some embodiments, the methods described herein can further include administering one or more additional therapies (e.g., one or more additional therapeutic agents and/or one or more therapeutic regimens) in combination with administration of the compounds described herein.

In certain embodiments, the methods described herein can further include administering one or more additional cancer therapies.

The one or more additional cancer therapies can include, without limitation, surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy, cancer vaccines (e.g., HPV vaccine, hepatitis B vaccine, Oncophage, Provenge) and gene therapy, as well as combinations thereof. Immunotherapy, including, without limitation, adoptive cell therapy, the derivation of stem cells and/or dendritic cells, blood transfusions, lavages, and/or other treatments, including, without limitation, freezing a tumor.

In some embodiments, the one or more additional cancer therapies is chemotherapy, which can include administering one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is an immunomodulatory moiety, e.g., an immune checkpoint inhibitor. In certain of these embodiments, the immune checkpoint inhibitor targets an immune checkpoint receptor selected from the group consisting of CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L2, interleukin-2 (IL-2), indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO), IL-10, transforming growth factor-β (TGFβ), T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2), Galectin 9-TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3), MHC class II-LAG3, 4-1BB-4-1BB ligand, OX40-OX40 ligand, GITR, GITR ligand-GITR, CD27, CD70-CD27, TNFRSF25, TNFRSF25-TL1A, CD40L, CD40-CD40 ligand, HVEM-LIGHT-LTA, HVEM, HVEM-BTLA, HVEM-CD160, HVEM-LIGHT, HVEM-BTLA-CD160, CD80, CD80-PDL-1, PDL2-CD80, CD244, CD48-CD244, CD244, ICOS, ICOS-ICOS ligand, B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2-TMIGD2, Butyrophilins, including BTNL2, Siglec family, TIGIT and PVR family members, KIRs, ILTs and LIRs, NKG2D and NKG2A, MICA and MICB, CD244, CD28, CD86-CD28, CD86-CTLA, CD80-CD28, CD39, CD73 Adenosine-CD39-CD73, CXCR4-CXCL12, Phosphatidylserine, TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, SIRPA-CD47, VEGF, Neuropilin, CD160, CD30, and CD155; e.g., CTLA-4 orPDI or PD-L1). See, e.g., Postow, M. J. Clin. Oncol. 2015, 33, 1.

In certain of these embodiments, the immune checkpoint inhibitor is selected from the group consisting of: Urelumab, PF-05082566, MEDI6469, TRX518, Varlilumab, CP-870893, Pembrolizumab (PD1), Nivolumab (PD1), Atezolizumab (formerly MPDL3280A) (PDL1), MEDI4736 (PD-L1), Avelumab (PD-L1), PDR001 (PD1), BMS-986016, MGA271, Lirilumab, IPH2201, Emactuzumab, INCB024360, Galunisertib, Ulocuplumab, BKT140, Bavituximab, CC-90002, Bevacizumab, and MNRP1685A, and MGA271.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is an alkylating agent. Alkylating agents are so named because of their ability to alkylate many nucleophilic functional groups under conditions present in cells, including, but not limited to cancer cells. In a further embodiment, an alkylating agent includes, but is not limited to, Cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and/or oxaliplatin. In an embodiment, alkylating agents can function by impairing cell function by forming covalent bonds with the amino, carboxyl, sulfhydryl, and phosphate groups in biologically important molecules or they can work by modifying a cell's DNA. In a further embodiment an alkylating agent is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is an anti-metabolite. Anti-metabolites masquerade as purines or pyrimidines, the building-blocks of DNA and in general, prevent these substances from becoming incorporated in to DNA during the “S” phase (of the cell cycle), stopping normal development and division. Anti-metabolites can also affect RNA synthesis. In an embodiment, an antimetabolite includes, but is not limited to azathioprine and/or mercaptopurine. In a further embodiment an anti-metabolite is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is a plant alkaloid and/or terpenoid. These alkaloids are derived from plants and block cell division by, in general, preventing microtubule function. In an embodiment, a plant alkaloid and/or terpenoid is a vinca alkaloid, a podophyllotoxin and/or a taxane. Vinca alkaloids, in general, bind to specific sites on tubulin, inhibiting the assembly of tubulin into microtubules, generally during the M phase of the cell cycle. In an embodiment, a vinca alkaloid is derived, without limitation, from the Madagascar periwinkle, Catharanthus roseus (formerly known as Vinca rosea). In an embodiment, a vinca alkaloid includes, without limitation, Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vinorelbine and/or Vindesine. In an embodiment, a taxane includes, but is not limited, to Taxol, Paclitaxel and/or Docetaxel. In a further embodiment a plant alkaloid or terpernoid is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative. In a further embodiment, a podophyllotoxin is, without limitation, an etoposide and/or teniposide. In an embodiment, a taxane is, without limitation, docetaxel and/or ortataxel. [021] In an embodiment, a cancer therapeutic is a topoisomerase. Topoisomerases are essential enzymes that maintain the topology of DNA. Inhibition of type I or type II topoisomerases interferes with both transcription and replication of DNA by upsetting proper DNA supercoiling. In a further embodiment, a topoisomerase is, without limitation, a type I topoisomerase inhibitor or a type II topoisomerase inhibitor. In an embodiment a type I topoisomerase inhibitor is, without limitation, a camptothecin. In another embodiment, a camptothecin is, without limitation, exatecan, irinotecan, lurtotecan, topotecan, BNP 1350, CKD 602, DB 67 (AR67) and/or ST 1481. In an embodiment, a type II topoisomerase inhibitor is, without limitation, epipodophyllotoxin. In a further embodiment an epipodophyllotoxin is, without limitation, an amsacrine, etoposid, etoposide phosphate and/or teniposide. In a further embodiment a topoisomerase is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative, including those found in nature such as, without limitation, epipodophyllotoxins, substances naturally occurring in the root of American Mayapple (Podophyllum peltatum).

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is a stilbenoid. In a further embodiment, a stilbenoid includes, but is not limited to, Resveratrol, Piceatannol, Pinosylvin, Pterostilbene, Alpha-Viniferin, Ampelopsin A, Ampelopsin E, Diptoindonesin C, Diptoindonesin F, Epsilon-Vinferin, Flexuosol A, Gnetin H, Hemsleyanol D, Hopeaphenol, Trans-Diptoindonesin B, Astringin, Piceid and Diptoindonesin A. In a further embodiment a stilbenoid is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is a cytotoxic antibiotic. In an embodiment, a cytotoxic antibiotic is, without limitation, an actinomycin, an anthracenedione, an anthracycline, thalidomide, dichloroacetic acid, nicotinic acid, 2-deoxyglucose and/or chlofazimine. In an embodiment, an actinomycin is, without limitation, actinomycin D, bacitracin, colistin (polymyxin E) and/or polymyxin B. In another embodiment, an antracenedione is, without limitation, mitoxantrone and/or pixantrone. In a further embodiment, an anthracycline is, without limitation, bleomycin, doxorubicin (Adriamycin), daunorubicin (daunomycin), epirubicin, idarubicin, mitomycin, plicamycin and/or valrubicin. In a further embodiment a cytotoxic antibiotic is a synthetic, semisynthetic or derivative.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is selected from endostatin, angiogenin, angiostatin, chemokines, angioarrestin, angiostatin (plasminogen fragment), basement-membrane collagen-derived anti-angiogenic factors (tumstatin, canstatin, or arrestin), anti-angiogenic antithrombin III, signal transduction inhibitors, cartilage-derived inhibitor (CDI), CD59 complement fragment, fibronectin fragment, gro-beta, heparinases, heparin hexasaccharide fragment, human chorionic gonadotropin (hCG), interferon alpha/beta/gamma, interferon inducible protein (IP-10), interleukin-12, kringle 5 (plasminogen fragment), metalloproteinase inhibitors (TIMPs), 2-methoxyestradiol, placental ribonuclease inhibitor, plasminogen activator inhibitor, platelet factor-4 (PF4), prolactin 16 kD fragment, proliferin-related protein (PRP), various retinoids, tetrahydrocortisol-S, thrombospondin-1 (TSP-1), transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-3), vasculostatin, vasostatin (calreticulin fragment) and the like.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is selected from abiraterone acetate, altretamine, anhydrovinblastine, auristatin, bexarotene, bicalutamide, BMS 184476, 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluoro-N-(3-fluoro-4-methoxyphenyl)benzene sulfonamide, bleomycin, N,N-dimethyl-L-valyl-L-valyl-N-methyl-L-valyl-L-proly-1-Lproline-t-butylamide, cachectin, cemadotin, chlorambucil, cyclophosphamide, 3′,4′-didehydro-4′-deoxy-8′-norvin-caleukoblastine, docetaxol, doxetaxel, cyclophosphamide, carboplatin, carmustine, cisplatin, cryptophycin, cyclophosphamide, cytarabine, dacarbazine (DTIC), dactinomycin, daunorubicin, decitabine dolastatin, doxorubicin (adriamycin), etoposide, 5-fluorouracil, finasteride, flutamide, hydroxyurea and hydroxyureataxanes, ifosfamide, liarozole, lonidamine, lomustine (CCNU), MDV3100, mechlorethamine (nitrogen mustard), melphalan, mivobulin isethionate, rhizoxin, sertenef, streptozocin, mitomycin, methotrexate, taxanes, nilutamide, onapristone, paclitaxel, prednimustine, procarbazine, RPR109881, stramustine phosphate, tamoxifen, tasonermin, taxol, tretinoin, vinblastine, vincristine, vindesine sulfate, and vinflunine.

In certain embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent is platinum, cisplatin, carboplatin, oxaliplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, azathioprine, mercaptopurine, vincristine, vinblastine, vinorelbine, vindesine, etoposide and teniposide, paclitaxel, docetaxel, irinotecan, topotecan, amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate, teniposide, 5-fluorouracil, leucovorin, methotrexate, gemcitabine, taxane, leucovorin, mitomycin C, tegafur-uracil, idarubicin, fludarabine, mitoxantrone, ifosfamide and doxorubicin. Additional agents include inhibitors of mTOR (mammalian target of rapamycin), including but not limited to rapamycin, everolimus, temsirolimus and deforolimus.

In still other embodiments, the additional chemotherapeutic agent can be selected from those delineated in U.S. Pat. No. 7,927,613, which is incorporated herein by reference in its entirety.

In some embodiments, the additional therapeutic agent and/or regimen are those that can be used for treating other STING-associated conditions, e.g., type I interferonopathies (e.g., STING-associated vasculopathywith onset in infancy (SAVI)), Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS), genetic forms of lupus, and inflammation-associated disorders such as systemic lupus erythematosus, and rheumatoid arthritis and the like.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating rheumatoid arthritis include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs; e.g., ibuprofen and naproxen), corticosteroids (e.g, prednisone), disease-modifying antirheumatic drugs (DMARDs; e.g., methotrexate (Trexall®, Otrexup®, Rasuvo®, Rheumatrex®), leflunomide (Arava®), hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil), PF-06650833, iguratimod, tofacitinib (Xeljanz®), ABBV-599, evobrutinib, and sulfasalazine (Azulfidine®)), and biologics (e.g., abatacept (Orencia®), adalimumab (Humira®), anakinra (Kineret®), certolizumab (Cimzia®), etanercept (Enbrel®), golimumab (Simponi®), infliximab (Remicade®), rituximab (Rituxan®), tocilizumab (Actemra®), vobarilizumab, sarilumab (Kevzara®), secukinumab, ABP 501, CHS-0214, ABC-3373, and tocilizumab (ACTEMRA®)).

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating lupus include steroids, topical immunomodulators (e.g., tacrolimus ointment (Protopic®) and pimecrolimus cream (Elidel®)), thalidomide (Thalomid®), non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs; e.g., ibuprofen and naproxen), antimalarial drugs (e.g., Hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil)), corticosteroids (e.g, prednisone) and immunomodulators (e.g., evobrutinib, iberdomide, voclosporin, cenerimod, azathioprine (Imuran®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®, Neosar®, Endoxan®), and cyclosporine (Neoral, Sandimmune®, Gengraf®), and mycophenolate mofetil) baricitinb, iguratimod, filogotinib, GS-9876, rapamycin, and PF-06650833), and biologics (e.g., belimumab (Benlysta®), anifrolumab, prezalumab, MEDIO700, obinutuzumab, vobarilizumab, lulizumab, atacicept, PF-06823859, and lupizor, rituximab, BT063, BI655064, BIIB059, aldesleukin (Proleukin®), dapirolizumab, edratide, IFN-α-kinoid, OMS721, RC18, RSLV-132, theralizumab, XmAb5871, and ustekinumab (Stelara®)). For example, non-limiting treatments for systemic lupus erythematosus include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs; e.g., ibuprofen and naproxen), antimalarial drugs (e.g., Hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil)), corticosteroids (e.g, prednisone) and immunomodulators (e.g., iberdomide, voclosporin, azathioprine (Imuran®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®, Neosar®, Endoxan®), and cyclosporine (Neoral, Sandimmune®, Gengraf®), and mycophenolate mofetil, baricitinb, filogotinib, and PF-06650833), and biologics (e.g., belimumab (Benlysta®), anifrolumab, prezalumab, MEDIO700, vobarilizumab, lulizumab, atacicept, PF-06823859, lupizor, rituximab, BT063, BI655064, BIIB059, aldesleukin (Proleukin®), dapirolizumab, edratide, IFN-α-kinoid, RC18, RSLV-132, theralizumab, XmAb5871, and ustekinumab (Stelara®)). As another example, non-limiting examples of treatments for cutaneous lupus include steroids, immunomodulators (e.g., tacrolimus ointment (Protopic®) and pimecrolimus cream (Elidel®)), GS-9876, filogotinib, and thalidomide (Thalomid®). Agents and regimens for treating drug-induced and/or neonatal lupus can also be administered.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating STING-associated vasculopathy with onset in infancy (SAVI) include JAK inhibitors (e.g., tofacitinib, ruxolitinib, filgotinib, and baricitinib).

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS) include physiotherapy, treatment for respiratory complications, anticonvulsant therapies for seizures, tube-feeding, nucleoside reverse transcriptase inhibitors (e.g., emtricitabine (e.g., Emtriva®), tenofovir (e.g., Viread®), emtricitabine/tenofovir (e.g., Truvada®), zidovudine, lamivudine, and abacavir), and JAK inhibitors (e.g., tofacitinib, ruxolitinib, filgotinib, and baricitinib).

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating IBDs include 6-mercaptopurine, AbGn-168H, ABX464, ABT-494, adalimumab, AJM300, alicaforsen, AMG139, anrukinzumab, apremilast, ATR-107 (PF0530900), autologous CD34-selected peripheral blood stem cells transplant, azathioprine, bertilimumab, BI 655066, BMS-936557, certolizumab pegol (Cimzia®), cobitolimod, corticosteroids (e.g., prednisone, Methylprednisolone, prednisone), CP-690,550, CT-P13, cyclosporine, DIMS0150, E6007, E6011, etrasimod, etrolizumab, fecal microbial transplantation, figlotinib, fingolimod, firategrast (SB-683699) (formerly T-0047), GED0301, GLPG0634, GLPG0974, guselkumab, golimumab, GSK1399686, HMPL-004 (Andrographis paniculata extract), IMU-838, infliximab, Interleukin 2 (IL-2), Janus kinase (JAK) inhibitors, laquinimod, masitinib (AB1010), matrix metalloproteinase 9 (MMP 9) inhibitors (e.g., GS-5745), MEDI2070, mesalamine, methotrexate, mirikizumab (LY3074828), natalizumab, NNC 0142-0000-0002, NNC0114-0006, ozanimod, peficitinib (JNJ-54781532), PF-00547659, PF-04236921, PF-06687234, QAX576, RHB-104, rifaximin, risankizumab, RPC1063, SB012, SHP647, sulfasalazine, TD-1473, thalidomide, tildrakizumab (MK 3222), TJ301, TNF-Kinoid®, tofacitinib, tralokinumab, TRK-170, upadacitinib, ustekinumab, UTTR1147A, V565, vatelizumab, VB-201, vedolizumab, and vidofludimus.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating irritable bowel syndrome include alosetron, bile acid sequesterants (e.g., cholestyramine, colestipol, colesevelam), chloride channel activators (e.g., lubiprostone), coated peppermint oil capsules, desipramine, dicyclomine, ebastine, eluxadoline, farnesoid X receptor agonist (e.g., obeticholic acid), fecal microbiota transplantation, fluoxetine, gabapentin, guanylate cyclase-C agonists (e.g., linaclotide, plecanatide), ibodutant, imipramine, JCM-16021, loperamide, lubiprostone, nortriptyline, ondansetron, opioids, paroxetine, pinaverium, polyethylene glycol, pregabalin, probiotics, ramosetron, rifaximin, and tanpanor.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating scleroderma include non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drugs (NSAIDs; e.g., ibuprofen and naproxen), corticosteroids (e.g, prednisone), immunomodulators (e.g., azathioprine, methotrexate (Trexall®, Otrexup®, Rasuvo®, Rheumatrex®), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®, Neosar®, Endoxan®), and cyclosporine (Neoral®, Sandimmune®, Gengraf®), antithymocyte globulin, mycophenolate mofetil, intravenous immunoglobulin, rituximab, sirolimus, and alefacept), calcium channel blockers (e.g., nifedipine), alpha blockers, serotonin receptor antagonists, angiotensin II receptor inhibitors, statins, local nitrates, iloprost, phosphodiesterase 5 inhibitors (e.g., sildenafil), bosentan, tetracycline antibiotics, endothelin receptor antagonists, prostanoids, and tyrosine kinase inhibitors (e.g., imatinib, nilotinib and dasatinib).

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating Crohn's Disease (CD) include adalimumab, autologous CD34-selected peripheral blood stem cells transplant, 6-mercaptopurine, azathioprine, certolizumab pegol (Cimzia®), corticosteroids (e.g., prednisone), etrolizumab, E6011, fecal microbial transplantation, figlotinib, guselkumab, infliximab, IL-2, JAK inhibitors, matrix metalloproteinase 9 (MMP 9) inhibitors (e.g., GS-5745), MEDI2070, mesalamine, methotrexate, natalizumab, ozanimod, RHB-104, rifaximin, risankizumab, SHP647, sulfasalazine, thalidomide, upadacitinib, V565, and vedolizumab.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating UC include AbGn-168H, ABT-494, ABX464, apremilast, PF-00547659, PF-06687234, 6-mercaptopurine, adalimumab, azathioprine, bertilimumab, brazikumab (MEDI2070), cobitolimod, certolizumab pegol (Cimzia®), CP-690,550, corticosteroids (e.g., multimax budesonide, Methylprednisolone), cyclosporine, E6007, etrasimod, etrolizumab, fecal microbial transplantation, figlotinib, guselkumab, golimumab, IL-2, IMU-838, infliximab, matrix metalloproteinase 9 (MMP9) inhibitors (e.g., GS-5745), mesalamine, mesalamine, mirikizumab (LY3074828), RPC1063, risankizumab (BI 6555066), SHP647, sulfasalazine, TD-1473, TJ301, tildrakizumab (MK 3222), tofacitinib, tofacitinib, ustekinumab, UTTR1147A, and vedolizumab.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating autoimmune colitis include corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, Beclometasone dipropionate), diphenoxylate/atropine, infliximab, loperamide, mesalamine, TIP60 inhibitors (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0202848), and vedolizumab.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating iatrogenic autoimmune colitis include corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, Beclometasone dipropionate), diphenoxylate/atropine, infliximab, loperamide, TIP60 inhibitors (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0202848), and vedolizumab.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating colitis induced by one or more chemotherapeutics agents include corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, beclometasone dipropionate), diphenoxylate/atropine, infliximab, loperamide, mesalamine, TIP60 inhibitors (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0202848), and vedolizumab.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating colitis induced by treatment with adoptive cell therapy include corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, beclometasone dipropionate), diphenoxylate/atropine, infliximab, loperamide, TIP60 inhibitors (see, e.g., U.S. Patent Application Publication No. 2012/0202848), and vedolizumab.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating colitis associated with one or more alloimmune diseases include corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, beclometasone dipropionate), sulfasalazine, and eicopentaenoic acid.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating radiation enteritis include teduglutide, amifostine, angiotensin-converting enzyme (ACE) inhibitors (e.g., benazepril, captopril, enalapril, fosinopril, lisinopril, moexipril, perindopril, quinapril, ramipril, and trandolapril), probiotics, selenium supplementation, statins (e.g., atorvastatin, fluvastatin, lovastatin, pravastatin, rosuvastatin, simvastatin, and pitavastatin), sucralfate, and vitamin E.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating collagenous colitis include 6-mercaptopurine, azathaioprine, bismuth subsalicate, Boswellia serrata extract, cholestyramine, colestipol, corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, beclometasone dipropionate), loperamide, mesalamine, methotrexate, probiotics, and sulfasalazine.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating lyphocytic colitis include 6-mercaptopurine, azathioprine, bismuth subsalicylate, cholestyramine, colestipol, corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, beclometasone dipropionate), loperamide, mesalamine, methotrexate, and sulfasalazine.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating microscopic colitis include 6-mercaptopurine, azathioprine, bismuth subsalicylate, Boswellia serrata extract, cholestyramine, colestipol, corticosteroids (e.g., budesonide, prednisone, prednisolone, beclometasone dipropionate), fecal microbial transplantation, loperamide, mesalamine, methotrexate, probiotics, and sulfasalazine.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating alloimmune disease include intrauterine platelet transfusions, intravenous immunoglobin, maternal steroids, abatacept, alemtuzumab, alpha1-antitrypsin, AMG592, antithymocyte globulin, barcitinib, basiliximab, bortezomib, brentuximab, cannabidiol, corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisone, prednisone), cyclosporine, dacilzumab, defribrotide, denileukin diftitox, glasdegib, ibrutinib, IL-2, infliximab, itacitinib, LBH589, maraviroc, mycophenolate mofetil, natalizumab, neihulizumab, pentostatin, pevonedistat, photobiomodulation, photopheresis, ruxolitinib, sirolimus, sonidegib, tacrolimus, tocilizumab, and vismodegib.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating multiple sclerosis (MS) include alemtuzumab (Lemtrada®), ALKS 8700, amiloride, ATX-MS-1467, azathioprine, baclofen (Lioresal®), beta interferons (e.g., IFN-β-1a, IFN-β-1b), cladribine, corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisolone), daclizumab, dimethyl fumarate (Tecfidera®), fingolimod (Gilenya®), fluoxetine, glatiramer acetate (Copaxone®), hydroxychloroquine, ibudilast, idebenone, laquinimod, lipoic acid, losartan, masitinib, MDD1003 (biotin), mitoxantrone, montelukast, natalizumab (Tysabri®), NeuroVax™, ocrelizumab, ofatumumab, pioglitazone, and RPC1063.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating graft-vs-host disease include abatacept, alemtuzumab, alpha1-antitrypsin, AMG592, antithymocyte globulin, barcitinib, basiliximab, bortezomib, brentuximab, cannabidiol, corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisone, prednisone), cyclosporine, dacilzumab, defribrotide, denileukin diftitox, glasdegib, ibrutinib, IL-2, imatinib, infliximab, itacitinib, LBH589, maraviroc, mycophenolate mofetil, natalizumab, neihulizumab, pentostatin, pevonedistat, photobiomodulation, photopheresis, ruxolitinib, sirolimus, sonidegib, tacrolimus, tocilizumab, and vismodegib.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating acute graft-vs-host disease include alemtuzumab, alpha-1 antitrypsin, antithymocyte globulin, basiliximab, brentuximab, corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisone, prednisone), cyclosporine, dacilzumab, defribrotide, denileukin diftitox, ibrutinib, infliximab, itacitinib, LBH589, mycophenolate mofetil, natalizumab, neihulizumab, pentostatin, photopheresis, ruxolitinib, sirolimus, tacrolimus, and tocilizumab.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating chronic graft vs. host disease include abatacept, alemtuzumab, AMG592, antithymocyte globulin, basiliximab, bortezomib, corticosteroids (e.g., methylprednisone, prednisone), cyclosporine, dacilzumab, denileukin diftitox, glasdegib, ibrutinib, IL-2, imatinib, infliximab, mycophenolate mofetil, pentostatin, photobiomodulation, photopheresis, ruxolitinib, sirolimus, sonidegib, tacrolimus, tocilizumab, and vismodegib.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating celiac disease include AMG 714, AMY01, Aspergillus niger prolyl endoprotease, BL-7010, CALY-002, GBR 830, Hu-Mik-Beta-1, IMGX003, KumaMax, Larazotide Acetate, Nexvan2®, pancrelipase, TIMP-GLIA, vedolizumab, and ZED1227.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating psoriasis include topical corticosteroids, topical crisaborole/AN2728, topical SNA-120, topical SANO21, topical tapinarof, topical tocafinib, topical IDP-118, topical M518101, topical calcipotriene and betamethasone dipropionate (e.g., MC2-01 cream and Taclonex®), topical P-3073, topical LEO 90100 (Enstilar®), topical betamethasone dipropriate (Sernivo®), halobetasol propionate (Ultravate®), vitamin D analogues (e.g., calcipotriene (Dovonex®) and calcitriol (Vectical®)), anthralin (e.g., Dritho-scalp® and Dritho-creme®), topical retinoids (e.g., tazarotene (e.g., Tazorac® and Avage®)), calcineurin inhibitors (e.g., tacrolimus (Prograf®) and pimecrolimus (Elidel®)), salicylic acid, coal tar, moisturizers, phototherapy (e.g., exposure to sunlight, UVB phototherapy, narrow band UVB phototherapy, Goeckerman therapy, psoralen plus ultraviolet A (PUVA) therapy, and excimer laser), retinoids (e.g., acitretin (Soriatane®)), methotrexate (Trexall®, Otrexup®, Rasuvo®, Rheumatrex®), Apo805K1, baricitinib, FP187, KD025, prurisol, VTP-43742, XP23829, ZPL-389, CF101 (piclidenoson), LAS41008, VPD-737 (serlopitant), upadacitinib (ABT-494), aprmilast, tofacitibin, cyclosporine (Neoral®, Sandimmune®, Gengraf®), biologics (e.g., etanercept (Enbrel®), entanercept-szzs (Elrezi®), infliximab (Remicade®), adalimumab (Humira®), adalimumab-adbm (Cyltezo®), ustekinumab (Stelara®), golimumab (Simponi®), apremilast (Otezla®), secukinumab (Cosentyx®), certolixumab pegol, secukinumab, tildrakizumab-asmn, infliximab-dyyb, abatacept, ixekizumab (Taltz®), ABP 710, BCD-057, BI695501, bimekizumab (UCB4940), CHS-1420, GP2017, guselkumab (CNTO 1959), HD203, M923, MSB11022, Mirikizumab (LY3074828), PF-06410293, PF-06438179, risankizumab (BI655066), SB2, SB4, SB5, siliq (brodalumab), namilumab (MT203, tildrakizumab (MK-3222), and ixekizumab (Taltz®)), thioguanine, and hydroxyurea (e.g., Droxia® and Hydrea®).

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating cutaneous T-cell lymphoma include phototherapy (e.g., exposure to sunlight, UVB phototherapy, narrow band UVB phototherapy, Goeckerman therapy, psoralen plus ultraviolet A (PUVA) therapy, and excimer laser), extracorporeal photopheresis, radiation therapy (e.g., spot radiation and total skin body electron beam therapy), stem cell transplant, corticosteroids, imiquimod, bexarotene gel, topical bis-chloroethyl-nitrourea, mechlorethamine gel, vorinostat (Zolinza®), romidepsin (Istodax®), pralatrexate (Folotyn®) biologics (e.g., alemtuzumab (Campath®), brentuximab vedotin (SGN-35), mogamulizumab, and IPH4102).

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating uveitis include corticosteroids (e.g., intravitreal triamcinolone acetonide injectable suspensions), antibiotics, antivirals (e.g., acyclovir), dexamethasone, immunomodulators (e.g., tacrolimus, leflunomide, cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan®, Neosar®, Endoxan®), and cyclosporine (Neoral®, Sandimmune®, Gengraf®), chlorambucil, azathioprine, methotrexate, and mycophenolate mofetil), biologics (e.g., infliximab (Remicade®), adalimumab (Humira®), etanercept (Enbrel®), golimumab (Simponi®), certolizumab (Cimzia®), rituximab (Rituxan®), abatacept (Orencia®), basiliximab (Simulect®), anakinra (Kineret®), canakinumab (Ilaris®), gevokixumab (XOMA052), tocilizumab (Actemra®), alemtuzumab (Campath®), efalizumab (Raptiva®), LFG316, sirolimus (Santen®), abatacept, sarilumab (Kevzara®), and daclizumab (Zenapax®)), cytotoxic drugs, surgical implant (e.g., fluocinolone insert), and vitrectomy.

Non-limiting examples of additional therapeutic agents and/or regimens for treating mucositis include AG013, SGX942 (dusquetide), amifostine (Ethyol®), cryotherapy, cepacol lonzenges, capsaicin lozenges, mucoadhesives (e.g., MuGard®) oral diphenhydramine (e.g., Benadry® elixir), oral bioadherents (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone-sodium hyaluronate gel (Gelclair®)), oral lubricants (e.g., Oral Balance®), caphosol, chamomilla recutita mouthwash, edible grape plant exosome, antiseptic mouthwash (e.g., chlorhexidine gluconate (e.g., Peridex® or Periogard®), topical pain relievers (e.g., lidocaine, benzocaine, dyclonine hydrochloride, xylocaine (e.g., viscous xylocaine 2%), and Ulcerease® (0.6% phenol)), corticosteroids (e.g., prednisone), pain killers (e.g., ibuprofen, naproxen, acetaminophen, and opioids), GC4419, palifermin (keratinocyte growth factor; Kepivance®), ATL-104, clonidine lauriad, IZN-6N4, SGX942, rebamipide, nepidermin, soluble β-1,3/1,6 glucan, P276, LP-0004-09, CR-3294, ALD-518, IZN-6N4, quercetin, granules comprising vaccinium myrtillus extract, macleaya cordata alkaloids and echinacea angustifolia extract (e.g., SAMITAL®), and gastrointestinal cocktail (an acid reducer such aluminum hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide (e.g., Maalox), an antifungal (e.g., nystatin), and an analgesic (e.g., hurricane liquid)). For example, non-limiting examples of treatments for oral mucositis include AG013, amifostine (Ethyol®), cryotherapy, cepacol lonzenges, mucoadhesives (e.g., MuGard®) oral diphenhydramine (e.g., Benadry® elixir), oral bioadherents (e.g., polyvinylpyrrolidone-sodium hyaluronate gel (Gelclair®)), oral lubricants (e.g., Oral Balance®), caphosol, chamomilla recutita mouthwash, edible grape plant exosome, antiseptic mouthwash (e.g., chlorhexidine gluconate (e.g., Peridex® or Periogard®), topical pain relievers (e.g., lidocaine, benzocaine, dyclonine hydrochloride, xylocaine (e.g., viscous xylocaine 2%), and Ulcerease® (0.6% phenol)), corticosteroids (e.g., prednisone), pain killers (e.g., ibuprofen, naproxen, acetaminophen, and opioids), GC4419, palifermin (keratinocyte growth factor; Kepivance®), ATL-104, clonidine lauriad, IZN-6N4, SGX942, rebamipide, nepidermin, soluble β-1,3/1,6 glucan, P276, LP-0004-09, CR-3294, ALD-518, IZN-6N4, quercetin, and gastrointestinal cocktail (an acid reducer such aluminum hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide (e.g., Maalox), an antifungal (e.g., nystatin), and an analgesic (e.g., hurricane liquid)). As another example, non-limiting examples of treatments for esophageal mucositis include xylocaine (e.g., gel viscous Xylocaine 2%). As another example, treatments for intestinal mucositis, treatments to modify intestinal mucositis, and treatments for intestinal mucositis signs and symptoms include gastrointestinal cocktail (an acid reducer such aluminum hydroxide and magnesium hydroxide (e.g., Maalox), an antifungal (e.g., nystatin), and an analgesic (e.g., hurricane liquid)).

In certain embodiments, the second therapeutic agent or regimen is administered to the subject prior to contacting with or administering the chemical entity (e.g., about one hour prior, or about 6 hours prior, or about 12 hours prior, or about 24 hours prior, or about 48 hours prior, or about 1 week prior, or about 1 month prior).

In other embodiments, the second therapeutic agent or regimen is administered to the subject at about the same time as contacting with or administering the chemical entity. By way of example, the second therapeutic agent or regimen and the chemical entity are provided to the subject simultaneously in the same dosage form. As another example, the second therapeutic agent or regimen and the chemical entity are provided to the subject concurrently in separate dosage forms.

In still other embodiments, the second therapeutic agent or regimen is administered to the subject after contacting with or administering the chemical entity (e.g., about one hour after, or about 6 hours after, or about 12 hours after, or about 24 hours after, or about 48 hours after, or about 1 week after, or about 1 month after).

Patient Selection

In some embodiments, the methods described herein further include the step of identifying a subject (e.g., a patient) in need of such treatment (e.g., by way of biopsy, endoscopy, or other conventional method known in the art). In certain embodiments, the STING protein can serve as a biomarker for certain types of cancer, e.g., colon cancer and prostate cancer. In other embodiments, identifying a subject can include assaying the patient's tumor microenvironment for the absence of T-cells and/or presence of exhausted T-cells, e.g., patients having one or more cold tumors. Such patients can include those that are resistant to treatment with checkpoint inhibitors. In certain embodiments, such patients can be treated with a chemical entity herein, e.g., to recruit T-cells into the tumor, and in some cases, further treated with one or more checkpoint inhibitors, e.g., once the T-cells become exhausted.

In some embodiments, the chemical entities, methods, and compositions described herein can be administered to certain treatment-resistant patient populations (e.g., patients resistant to checkpoint inhibitors; e.g., patients having one or more cold tumors, e.g., tumors lacking T-cells or exhausted T-cells).

Compound Preparation

As can be appreciated by the skilled artisan, methods of synthesizing the compounds of the formulae herein will be evident to those of ordinary skill in the art. Synthetic chemistry transformations and protecting group methodologies (protection and deprotection) useful in synthesizing the compounds described herein are known in the art and include, for example, those such as described in R. Larock, Comprehensive Organic Transformations, VCH Publishers (1989); T. W. Greene and RGM. Wuts, Protective Groups in Organic Synthesis, 2d. Ed., John Wiley and Sons (1991); L. Fieser and M. Fieser, Fieser and Fieser's Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1994); and L. Paquette, ed., Encyclopedia of Reagents for Organic Synthesis, John Wiley and Sons (1995), and subsequent editions thereof. The starting materials used in preparing the compounds of the invention are known, made by known methods, or are commercially available. The skilled artisan will also recognize that conditions and reagents described herein that can be interchanged with alternative art-recognized equivalents. For example, in many reactions, triethylamine can be interchanged with other bases, such as non-nucleophilic bases (e.g. diisopropylamine, 1,8-diazabicycloundec-7-ene, 2,6-di-tert-butylpyridine, or tetrabutylphosphazene).

The skilled artisan will recognize a variety of analytical methods that can be used to characterize the compounds described herein, including, for example, 1H NMR, heteronuclear NMR, mass spectrometry, liquid chromatography, and infrared spectroscopy. The foregoing list is a subset of characterization methods available to a skilled artisan and is not intended to be limiting.

To further illustrate the foregoing, the following non-limiting, exemplary synthetic schemes are included. Variations of these examples within the scope of the claims are within the purview of one skilled in the art and are considered to fall within the scope of the invention as described, and claimed herein. The reader will recognize that the skilled artisan, provided with the present disclosure, and skill in the art is able to prepare and use the invention without exhaustive examples.

The following abbreviations have the indicated meanings:

• • ACN=acetonitrile
  • AcOH=acetic acid
  • DCM=dichloromethane
  • Dioxane=1,4-dioxane
  • EtOAc=Ethyl acetate
  • DMF=N,N-dimethylformamide
  • DMSO=dimethyl sulfoxide
  • Et=ethyl
  • EtOH=ethanol
  • FA=formic acid
  • HPLC=high-performance liquid chromatography
  • LC-MS=liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
  • Me=methyl
  • MeOH=methanol
  • n-Bu=n-butyl
  • NMR=nuclear magnetic resonance
  • Pd-132=bis(di-tert-butyl(4-dimethylamino phenyl) phosphine) dichloroPalladium(II)
  • Pd(dppf)Cl₂=dichloro[1,1′-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]palladium
  • Pd(dppf)Cl₂.DCM=1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino) ferrocene palladium dichloride, dichloromethane complex
  • Pd(PPh3)₄=tetrakis(triphenylphosphine)Palladium(0)
  • Ph=phenyl
  • HPLC=high performance liquid chromatography
  • RT=room temperature
  • Speedvac=Savant SC250EXP SpeedVac Concentrator
  • t-Bu=tert-butyl
  • TEA=triethylamine
  • TFA=trifluoroacetic acid
  • THE=tetrahydrofuran
  • Ti(i-PrO)₄=tetraisopropyl titanate
  • TLC=thin layer chromatography
  • XPhos Pd G3=Methanesulfonato(2-dicyclohexylphosphino-2,4,6-tri-i-propyl-1,1-biphenyl)(2-amino-1,1-biphenyl-2-yl)palladium(II)

EXAMPLES

Materials and Methods

The progress of reactions was often monitored by TLC or LC-MS. The identity of the products was often confirmed by LC-MS. The LC-MS was recorded using one of the following methods.Method A: Titank C18, 50×3 mm, 3 um column, 0.3 uL injection, 1.5 mL/min flowrate, 90-900 amu scan range, 254 nm UV detection. Mobile phase A: Water+5mMNH₄HCO₃ and Mobile Phase B: Acetonitrile. 10% MPB to 95.0% in 1.39 min, hold at 95% MPB for 0.8 min, 95% MPB to 10% in 0.03 min, then equilibration to 10% MPB for 0.27 min.Method B: XBridge C18, 50×3 mm, 2.8 um column, 0.2 uL injection, 1.2 mL/min flow rate, 90-900 amu scan range, 254 nm UV detection. Mobile phase A: Water+5mMNH₄HCO₃ and Mobile Phase B: Acetonitrile. 10% MPB to 95.0% in 1.99 min, hold at 95% MPB for 0.6 min, 95% MPB to 10% in 0.20 min, then equilibration to 10% MPB for 0.2 min.Method C: Shim-pack XR-ODS, 50×3 mm, 2.2 um column, 2 uL injection, 1.2 mL/min flowrate, 90-900 amu scan range, 254 nm UV detection. Mobile phase A: Water/0.05% TFA and Mobile Phase B: Acetonitrile/0.05% TFA. 5% MPB to 100.0% in 1.09 min, hold at 100% MPB for 0.6 min, 100% MPB to 5% in 0.02 min, then equilibration to 5% MPB for 0.38 min.Method D: Poroshell HPH-C18, 50*3 mm, 2.7 μL injection, 1.2 mL/min flowrate, 90-900 amu scan range, 254 nm UV detection. Mobile Phase A (MPA): Water/0.04% NH₄OH and Mobile Phase B (MPB): Acetonitrile. Elution 10% MPB to 95% in 1.99 min, hold at 95% MPB for 0.6 min, 95% MPB to 10% in 0.03 min, then equilibration to 10% MPB for 0.17 min.Method E: Titank C18, 50*3.0 mm, 3.0 μL injection, 1.5 mL/min flowrate, 90-900 amu scan range, 254 nm UV detection. Mobile Phase A (MPA): Water+5 mM NH₄HCO₃ and Mobile Phase B (MPB): Acetonitrile. Elution 30% MPB to 70% in 2.24 min, 70% MPB to 95% in 0.75 min, hold at 95% MPB for 0.5 min, 95% MPB to 10% in 0.05 min, then equilibration to 10% MPB for 0.35 min.NMR was recorded on BRUKER NMR 300.03 Mz, DUL-C-H, ULTRASHIELD™ 300, AVANCE II 300 B-ACS™ 120 or BRUKER NMR 400.13 Mz, BBFO, ULTRASHIELD™ 400, AVANCE III 400, B-ACS™ 120.Method F: HALO, 30*3 mm, 0.5 uL injection, 1.5 mL/min flowrate, 90-900 amu scan range, 254 nm UV detection. Mobile phase A: Water/5 mM NH4HCO3 and Mobile Phase B: Acetonitrile. 5% MPB to 100% in 0.90 min, hold at 100% MPB for 0.2 min, 100% MPB to 5% in 0.01 min, then equilibration to 5% MPB for 0.19 min.Method G: HALO C18, 30*3 mm, 1 uL injection, 1.5 mL/min flowrate, 90-900 amu scan range, 254 nm UV detection. Mobile phase A: Water+0.05% TFA and Mobile Phase B: Acetonitrile+0.05% TFA. 5% MPB to 100% in 1.19 min, hold at 100% MPB for 0.6 min, 100% MPB to 5% in 0.03 min, then equilibration to 5% MPB for 0.17 min.

Method H

Instrument: Agilent LCMS system equipped with DAD and ELSD detectorIon mode: PositiveColumn: Waters X-Bridge C18, 50*2.1 mm*5 m or equivalentMobile Phase: A: H₂O (0.04% TFA); B: CH₃CN (0.02% TFA)Gradient: 4.5 min gradient method, actual method would depend on clogP of compound.Flow Rate: 0.6 mL/min or 0.8 mL/min

Column Temp: 40° C. or 50° C.

UV: 220 nm

Method I

Instrument: Agilent LCMS system equipped with DAD and ELSD detectorIon mode: PositiveColumn: Waters X-Bridge ShieldRP18, 50*2.1 mm*5 m or equivalentMobile Phase: A: H₂O (0.05% NH₃.H₂O) or 10 mM ammonia bicarbonate; B: CH₃CNGradient: 4.5 min gradient method; actual method would depend on the clogP of the compound.Flow Rate: 0.6 mL/min or 0.8 mL/min

Column Temp: 40° C.

UV: 220 nm

Preparative HPLC was used in the purification of a number of examples 9-80. The parameters used are described below.

Instrument:

1. GILSON 281 and Shimadzu LCMS 2010A

2. GILSON 215 and Shimadzu LC-20AP

3. GILSON 215

Mobile Phase:

A: NH₄OH/H₂O=0.05% v/v; B: ACNA: FA/H₂O=0.225% v/v; B: ACN

Column

Xtimate C18 150*25 mm*5 μmFlow rate: 25 mL/min or 30 mL/minMonitor wavelength: 220&254 nmGradient: actual method would depend on clog P of compound

Detector: MS Trigger or UV

EXAMPLES

Scheme A below depicts the general cross-coupling method used to prepare compounds of Formula I. A haloindole (e.g., bromoindole) is treated with a catalyst (e.g., a palladium or rhodium catalyst), an organometal (e.g., boronic acid, boronate ester, organozinc halide, organomagnesium halide, or organolithium), and an optional base (e.g., potassium carbonate) in a solvent (e.g., 1,4-dioxane or acetonitrile) with optional heating to generate the compound of Formula I.

Example 1: Preparation of Compound 101

Synthesis of 5-bromo-1H-indole-3-carbonyl azide

5-Bromo-1H-indole-3-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 5.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in THE (20.0 mL). DPPA (1.4 g, 5.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and TEA (0.5 g, 5.1 mmol, 1.0 equiv) were added and stirred for 18 hrs at room temperature and solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The crude product was used in the next step directly without further purification.

Synthesis of tert-butyl (5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)carbamate

5-Bromo-1H-indole-3-carbonyl azide (600.0 mg, 1.3 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in t-BuOH (20.0 mL). The resulting mixture was stirred overnight at 90° C. and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography, eluted with PE/EtOAc (5:1) to afford tert-butyl (5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)carbamate (400.0 mg, 69.0%) as an off-white solid. LC-MS Method A, MS-ESI: 311 [M+H⁺].

Synthesis of 5-bromo-1H-indol-3-amine

Tert-butyl (5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)carbamate (400.0 mg, 5.6 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (5.0 mL). Subsequently, HCl in 1,4-dioxane (4N, 5.0 mL) was added at RT. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hrs at RT and concentrated under vacuum. 5-Bromo-1H-indol-3-amine (400.0 mg, crude) was obtained and used without any further purification. LC-MS Method A, MS-ESI: 211 [M+H⁺].

Synthesis of 1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea

5-Bromo-1H-indol-3-amine (400.0 mg, 0.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv) dissolved in THE (10.0 ml), TEA (391.8 mg, 1.9 mmol, 2.0 equiv), and 1-isocyanato-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene (377.3 mg, 0.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv) were combined and stirred for 3 hrs at RT and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography and eluted with PE/EtOAc (2:1) to afford 1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (500.0 mg, 66.6%) as brown oil. LC-MS Method B, MS-ESI: 398 [M+H⁺].

Synthesis of 1-(5-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea

1-(5-Bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (500.0 mg, 1.3 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane (20.0 mL) and H₂O (2.0 mL). Phenylboronic acid (183.7 mg, 1.5 mmol, 1.2 equiv), K₂CO₃ (520.6 mg, 3.8 mmol, 3.0 equiv), and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (91.9 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.1 equiv) were added under N2. The resulting mixture was stirred for 2 hrs at 90° C. under nitrogen atmosphere and concentrated. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography and eluted with PE/EtOAc (1:1) and further purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions (2 #SHIMADZU (HPLC-01)): Column, XBridge Prep C18 OBD Column, 5 um, 19*150 mm; mobile phase A Water (10 MMOL/L NH₄HCO₃) and mobile phase B: ACN (50% PhaseB up to 66% in 7 min); Detector, UV 210/254 nm. This resulted in 1-(5-phenyl-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (50.0 mg, 10.07%) as a white solid. LC-MS Method C, MS-ESI: 396.2 [M+H⁺]

Example 2: Preparation of Compound 156

Compound 156 was synthesized 1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea and 3-hydroxymethyl phenyl boronate by the method described in step 5 for Compound 101. LC-MS Method C, MS-ESI: 426.1 [M+H⁺]

Example 3: Preparation of Compound 104

Compound 104 was synthesized 1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea and 3-hydroxymethyl phenyl boronate by the method described in step 5 for Compound 101. LC-MS Method C, MS-ESI: 428.1 [M+H⁺]

Example 4: Preparation of Compound 154

Compound 154 was synthesized by method described similar to Compound 101. In step 4, 1-isocyanato-3-Fluoro-4-(trifluoromethyl)benzene was utilized as the isocyanate. In step 5 1(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)boronic acid was utilized as the boronic acid. LC-MS Method C, MS-ESI: 446.2 [M+H⁺]

Example 5: Preparation of Compound 153

Compound 153 was synthesized by the method described similar to Compound 101. In step 5, 1(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)boronic acid was utilized in place of phenylboronic acid. LC-MS Method C, MS-ESI: 428.1 [M+H⁺]

Example 6: Preparation of Compound 155

Compound 155 was synthesized by the method described similar to Compound 101. In step 4, 2-cyclohexyl-5-isocyanatopyridine) was utilized as the isocyanate. In step 5 1(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)boronic acid was utilized as the boronic acid. LC-MS Method C, MS-ESI. 443.2 [M+H⁺]

Example 7: Preparation of Compound 155

Synthesis of 5-(cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-2-nitropyridine

5-Bromo-2-nitropyridine (1.0 g, 4.9 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was dissolved in toluene (10 mL). Then Cs₂CO₃ (4.8 mg, 14.8 mmol, 3.0 equiv.), Pd(dppf)Cl₂ (1.1 g, 1.5 mmol, 0.3 equiv.) and 2-(cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolane (1.3 g, 6.4 mmol, 1.3 equiv.) were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 16 h at 80° C. Then the reaction mixture was colled to ambient temperature, washed with water (3×20 mL), and extracted with 3×20 mL of EtOAc. The mixture was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1:2) to give 5-(Cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-2-nitropyridine (500 mg) as a white solid. LCMS Method D: [M+H]⁺=205.

Synthesis of 5-cyclohexylpyridin-2-amine

5-(Cyclohex-1-en-1-yl)-2-nitropyridine (500 mg, 2.5 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was dissolved in MeOH (10 mL). Pd/C (10% wt, 176.0 mg) was added and the reaction mixture was placed under an atmosphere of hydrogen. After 10 h, the reaction mixture was filtered through Celite and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography over silica gel, eluting with dichloromethane/methanol (10:1) to give 5-cyclohexylpyridin-2-amine (300 mg) as a yellow solid. LCMS Method D: [M+H]⁺=177.

Synthesis of 1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(5-cyclohexylpyridin-2-yl) urea

5-Cyclohexylpyridin-2-amine (300 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was dissolved in toluene (5 mL), then 5-bromo-1H-indole-3-carboxylic acid (409 mg, 1.7 mmol, 1.0 equiv.), DPPA (703 mg, 2.6 mmol, 1.5 equiv.) and TEA (516.7 mg, 5.1 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) were added and the reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. After 5 h, the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature, then washed with H₂O (3×20 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1:1) to give 1-(5-Bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(5-cyclohexylpyridin-2-yl) urea (200 mg) as a brown solid. LCMS Method D: [M+H]⁺=414.

Synthesis of 1-(5-cyclohexylpyridin-2-yl)-3-(5-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-indol-3-yl)urea

1-(5-Bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(5-cyclohexylpyridin-2-yl) urea (200 mg, 0.5 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) was dissolved in dioxane (5 mL), then 1-isopropyl-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazole (228 mg, 1.0 mmol, 2.0 equiv.), XPhos Pd G3 (82 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.2 equiv.) and K₃PO₄ (308 mg, 1.5 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) were added. The reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 6 h. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was washed with H₂O (3×20 mL) and then extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL). The combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1:1). The resulting solids was further purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: Sunfire prep C18 column, 30*150, 5 μm; Mobile Phase A: Water (0.1% FA), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; Gradient: 45 B to 75 B in 7 min; 254/210 nm; RT1:6.42.

1-(5-Cyclohexylpyridin-2-yl)-3-(5-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-1H-indol-3-yl)urea (Compound 155; 33.4 mg, 15.6%) was obtained as an off-white solid. LCMS Method E: [M+H]⁺=443. ¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.75 (s, 1H), 10.55 (br s, 1H), 9.42 (br s, 1H), 8.22 (d, 1H), 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.67-7.63 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, 1H), 7.42-7.40 (m, 2H), 7.35 (s, 1H), 4.53-4.51 (m, 1H), 1.84-1.73 (m, 5H), 1.48 (d, 6H), 1.43-1.37 (m, 4H), 1.25-1.22 (m, 2H).

Example 8: Preparation of Compound 212

Synthesis of 1-(5-bromo-6-fluoro-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea

5-Bromo-6-fluoro-1H-indole-3-carboxylic acid (1.0 g, 3.8 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in CH₂Cl₂ (30 mL), TEA (1.1 g, 11.6 mmol, 3.0 equiv), HATU (2.2 g, 5.8 mmol, 1.5 equiv) and P-trifluoromethylaniline (0.6 g, 3.8 mmol, 1.0 equiv) were added and the resulting mixture was stirred for 6 hr at RT. The resulting solution was quenched by the addition of water, extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1:1) to give 1-(5-bromo-6-fluoro-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl) urea (815 mg) as a yellow solid. LCMS Method F: [M+H]⁺=416.

2. Synthesis of 1-(5-(1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea

3-(5-Bromo-6-fluoro-1H-indol-3-yl)-1-[4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl]urea (250.0 mg, 0.6 mmol, 1.0 equiv) was dissolved in dioxane/H₂O (10/1 mL), K₃PO₄ (382.5 mg, 1.8 mmol, 3.0 equiv), 1-(difluoromethyl)-4-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)pyrazole (293.2 mg, 1.2 mmol, 2 equiv) and Xphos Pd G3 (101.6 mg, 0.1 mmol, 0.2 equiv) were added under nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 100° C. for 6 hr. After cooling to ambient temperature, the reaction mixture was washed with brine, and then extracted with EtOAc, dried over anhydrous sodium sulfate and concentrated in vacuo. The residue was purified by flash column chromatography on silica gel, eluting with EtOAc/petroleum ether (1:1). The resulting solids was further purified by Prep-HPLC with the following conditions: Column: YMC-Actus Triart C18, 30*250.5 um; Mobile Phase A: Water (10 MMOL/L NH₄HCO₃+0.1% NH₃.H₂O), Mobile Phase B: ACN; Flow rate: 60 mL/min; Gradient: 50 B to 70 B in 7 min; 210/254 nm; RT1:6.58. 1-(5-(1-(difluoromethyl)-1H-pyrazol-4-yl)-6-fluoro-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (50 mg, 18.4%) was obtained as a white solid. LCMS Method G: [M+H]⁺=454.

1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ 10.93 (d, J=1.6 Hz, 1H), 9.06 (s, 1H), 8.66 (s, 1H), 8.49 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 8.16 (s, 1H), 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.82 (d, J=7.2 Hz, 1H), 7.72-7.68 (m, 2H), 7.63-7.61 (m, 2H), 7.52 (d, J=2.4 Hz, 1H), 7.27 (d, J=11.6 Hz, 1H).

Examples 9-80 were analyzed using LC-MS methods H and I.

Example 9: Preparation of Compound 302

Procedure:

1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (185 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.0 equiv) and (4-(trans-4-propylcyclohexyl)phenyl)boronic acid (84.9 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.5 equiv.) were dissolved in Dioxane (2.5 mL). Then aqueous Cs₂CO₃ (0.69 mmol, 2.0 M, 0.35 mL, 3.0 equiv.) and Pd-132 (0.05 equiv.) were added under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. 1.0 mL water was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated by Speedvac. The residue was purified by prep HPLC to give 1-(5-(4-(trans-4-propylcyclohexyl)phenyl)-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (20.8 mg, 40.0 μmol). MS-ESI, 520.3 [M+H⁺].

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 10.83 (s, 1H) 9.02 (s, 1H) 8.71 (s, 1H) 7.76 (s, 1H) 7.67-7.71 (m, 2H) 7.61-7.65 (m, 2H) 7.54-7.59 (m, 3H) 7.41 (s, 2H) 7.30 (d, 2H) 1.84 (br d, 4H) 1.41-1.54 (m, 3H) 1.28-1.38 (m, 3H) 1.17-1.24 (m, 2H) 0.99-1.12 (m, 2H) 0.89 (t, 3H)

TABLE 1
The compounds in Table 1 were prepared using the above procedure.
				LC-MS,
				MS-ESI,
Example	Compound			--
#	#	Structure	IUPAC Name	[M + H+].
10	156		1-(5-(5- (hydroxymethyl) pyridin-3-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
11	206		1-(5-(5-cyanopyridin- 3-yl)-1H-indol-3-yl)- 3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	422.1
12	244		1-(5-(5-fluoropyridin- 3-yl)-1H-indol-3-yl)- 3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
13	245		1-(5-(6- (methylamino) pyridin-3-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	426.2
14	246		1-(5-(4- chlorophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	430.2
15	247		1-(5-(1- oxoisoindolin-5-yl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
16	248		1-(5-(2- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol-3- yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
17	249		1-(5-(3- isopropylphenyl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
18	250		1-(5-(2-oxoindolin- 5-yl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
19	205		1-(5-(3- hydroxyphenyl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3- (4-(trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	412.1
20	251		1-(5-(3-chloro-5- cyanophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
21	252		1-(5-(4- ((dimethylamino) methyl)phenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
22	204		1-(5-(4-fluoro-3- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	444.2
23	253		1-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)-3-(5-(4- (trimethylsilyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)urea	468.2
24	254		1-(5-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d][1,3] dioxol-5-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
25	255		N-(4-(3-(3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)ureido)-1H- indol-5- yl)phenyl)acetamide
26	256		1-(5-(2-methoxy-4- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
27	203		1-(5-(3- cyanophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	421.2
28	156		1-(5-(3- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
29	257		1-(5-(3- ((dimethylamino) methyl)phenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
30	258		1-(5-(2,2- difluorobenzo[d][1,3] dioxol-4-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
31	259		1-(5-(3- acetylphenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
32	260		1-(5-(3- cyclopropylphenyl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
33	261		1-(5-(3- (ethylsulfonyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
34	262		1-(5-(4- (aminomethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
35	263		methyl 2-(4-(3-(3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)ureido)-1H- indol-5-yl)phenyl) acetate	468.2
36	264		1-(5-(4- (cyanomethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
37	265		1-(5-(3-(2- hydroxyethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
38	266		1-(5-(3- (methoxymethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	440.2
39	267		1-(5-(4-(2- hydroxypropan-2- yl)phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	454.2
40	268		1-(5-(3-(1- hydroxyethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
41	269		1-(5-(4-(1- cyanocyclopropyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
42	270		1-(5-(1-isobutyl-1H- pyrazol-4-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea

Example 43: Preparation of Compound 223

1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (185 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) and (4-isopropylphenyl)boronic acid (56.6 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.5 equiv.) were dissolved in Dioxane (2.5 mL). Then aqueous K₃PO₄ (0.69 mmol, 0.35 mL, 2.0 M, 3.0 equiv.) and Pd(dppf)Cl₂ DCM (0.05 equiv.) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 145° C. for 2 hours. 1.0 mL water was added to the reaction mixture and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated by Speedvac. The residue was purified by prep HPLC to give 1-(5-(4-isopropylphenyl)-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (26.0 mg, 59.0 μmol). MS-ESI, 438.2 [M+H⁺].

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 10.77-10.94 (m, 1H) 8.94-9.10 (m, 1H) 8.64-8.78 (m, 1H) 7.77 (s, 1H) 7.68-7.72 (m, 1H) 7.64 (s, 1H) 7.60-7.62 (m, 1H) 7.56-7.59 (m, 1H) 7.55 (d, 1H) 7.41 (s, 1H) 7.33 (br d, 2H) 2.93 (dt, 7.00 Hz, 3H) 1.12-1.32 (m, 6H) 0.83-0.91 (m, 1H)

TABLE2
The compounds in Table 2 were prepared using the above procedure.
				LC-MS,
				MS-ESI,
Example	Compound			--
#	#	Structure	IUPAC Name	[M + H+].
44	271		1-(5-(pyridin-3-yl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	397.2
45	272		1-(5-(5-chloropyridin- 3-yl)-1H-indol-3-yl)- 3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	431.1
46	273		1-(5-(5- (methoxymethyl) pyridin-3-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	441.2
47	274		1-(5-(2-aminopyridin- 4-yl)-1H-indol-3-yl)- 3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	412.1
48	275		1-(5-(2,6- dichloropyridin-4-yl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	465.1
49	276		1-(5-(2,4- difluorophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	432.2
50	277		1-(5-(3-chlorophenyl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	430.1
51	278		1-(5-(3,4- difluorophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	432.1
52	279		1-(5-(3- methoxyphenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	426.2
53	280		1-(5-(3,5- difluorophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	432.2
54	224		1-(5-(quinolin-8-yl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	447.2
55	281		1-(5-(2,6- difluorophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	432.1
56	282		1-(5-(4- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	426.2
57	221		1-(5-(quinolin-5-yl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	447.2
58	283		1-(5-(3- (trifluoromethoxy) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	480.1
59	284		1-(5-(3,4- dichlorophenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	464.1
60	285		N,N-dimethyl-4- (3-(3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)ureido)-1H- indol-5-yl) benzamide	467.2
61	286		1-(5-(4- propylphenyl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	438.3
62	287		1-(5-(4- (difluoromethoxy) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	462.2
63	211		1-(5-(4-hexylphenyl)- 1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	480.3
64	288		1-(5-(4-(tert- butoxy)phenyl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	468.2
65	289		3-fluoro-N,N- dimethyl-4-(3-(3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)ureido)- 1H-indol-5- yl)benzamide	485.2
66	127		1-(5-(3-fluoro-4- (hydroxymethyl) phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	444.2
67	290		1-(5-(4-(2- cyanopropan-2- yl)phenyl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	463.2

Example 68: Preparation of Compound 214

Procedure:

1-(5-bromo-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (185.0 mg, 0.23 mmol, 1.0 equiv.) and 1-methyl-3-(4,4,5,5-tetramethyl-1,3,2-dioxaborolan-2-yl)-1H-pyrazole (71.8 mg, 0.35 mmol, 1.5 equiv.) were dissolved in Dioxane (2.5 mL). Then aqueous K₃PO₄ (2 M, 0.35 mL, 0.69 mmol, 3.0 equiv.) and XPhos Pd G3 (0.05 equiv.) under N2 atmosphere. The mixture was stirred at 100° C. for 16 hours. 1.0 mL water was added to reaction mixture and extracted with EtOAc. The organic layer was concentrated by Speedvac. The residue was purified by prep HPLC to give 1-(5-(1-methyl-1H-pyrazol-3-yl)-1H-indol-3-yl)-3-(4-(trifluoromethyl)phenyl)urea (29.0 mg, 72.6 μmol). MS-ESI, 400.2 [M+H⁺].

¹H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d₆) δ ppm 10.78 (s, 1H) 9.05 (s, 1H) 8.78 (s, 1H) 8.03 (s, 1H) 7.68-7.72 (m, 3H) 7.61-7.66 (m, 2H) 7.52-7.57 (m, 2H) 7.34 (d, 1H) 6.60 (d, 1H) 3.73-4.02 (m, 3H).

TABLE 3
The compounds in Table 3 were prepared using the above procedure.
				LC-MS,
				MS-ESI,
Example	Compound			--
#	#	Structure	IUPAC Name	[M + H+].
69	291		1-(5-(6- hydroxypyridin- 3-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)- 3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
70	292		1-(5-(4- hydroxyphenyl)- 1H-indol-3- yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
71	293		1-(5-(1-ethyl- 1H-pyrazol-4- yl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	414.2
72	294		1-(5-(1-(2- methoxyethyl)- 1H-pyrazol-4- yl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	444.2
73	295		1-(5-(1-(cyclo- propylmethyl)- 1H-pyrazol-4-yl)- 1H-indol-3- yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	440.2
74	296		1-(5-(1- phenyl-1H- pyrazol-4-yl)- 1H-indol-3- yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	462.2
75	104		1-(5-(1- isopropyl-1H- pyrazol-4-yl)- 1H-indol-3- yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	428.2
76	297		1-(5-(1-(2- hydroxy-2- methylpropyl)- 1H-pyrazol-4- yl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	458.2
77	298		1-(5-(1-(2- cyanoethyl)- 1H-pyrazol-4- yl)-1H-indol- 3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	439.2
78	299		1-(5-(5- chlorothiophen- 2-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea
79	300		1-(5-(4- cyanothiophen- 2-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	427.1
80	301		1-(5-(5- acetylthiophen- 2-yl)-1H- indol-3-yl)-3-(4- (trifluoromethyl) phenyl)urea	444.1

Examples are listed in the table below, which can be prepared according to methods similar to those described above. LC-MS was performed on the compounds using the following column and settings: Shim-pack XR-ODS, C18, 3×50 mm, 2.5 um column, 1.0 uL injection, 1.5 mL/min flow rate, 90-900 amu scan range, 190-400 nm UV range, 5-100% (1.1 min), 100% (0.6 min) gradient with ACN (0.05% TFA) and water (0.05% TFA), with 2.0 minute as total run time.

Compound		LC-MS
No.	Structure	[M + H]+
127		444.2
201		454.2
202		440.2
203		421.2
204		444.2
205		412.1
206		422.1
207		520.3
208		426.2
209		412.1
210		468.2
211		480.3
212		454
213		446.1
214		400.2
215		485.2
216		427.1
217		463.2
218		462.2
219		467.2
220		480.1
221		447.2
222		432.1
223		438.2
224		447.2
225		426.2
226		430.1
227		465.1
228		441.2
229		431.1
230		397.2
231		444.1
232		439.2
233		458.2
234		462.2
235		440.2
236		444.2
237		414.2
238		438.3
239		464.1
240		432.2
241		432.1
242		432.2
243		443.2

Biological Assays

STING pathway activation by the compounds described herein was measured using THP1-Dual™ cells (KO-IFNAR2).

THP1-Dual™ KO-IFNAR2 Cells (obtained from invivogen) were maintained in RPMI, 10% FCS, 5 ml P/S, 2 mM L-glut, 10 mM Hepes, and 1 mM sodium pyruvate. Compounds were spotted in empty 384 well tissue culture plates (Greiner 781182) by Echo for a final concentration of 0.0017-100 μM. Cells were plated into the TC plates at 40 μL per well, 2×10E6 cells/mL. For activation with STING ligand, 2′3′ cGAMP (MW 718.38, obtained from Invivogen), was prepared in Optimem media.

The following solutions were prepared for each 1×384 plate:

• • Solution A: 2 mL Optimem with one of the following stimuli:
    • 60 uL of 10 mM 2′3′ cGAMP ->150 μM stock
  • Solution B: 2 mL Optimem with 60 μL Lipofectamine 2000->Incubate 5 min at RT

2 mL of solution A and 2 ml Solution B was mixed and incubated for 20 min at room temperature (RT). 20 uL of transfection solution (A+B) was added on top of the plated cells, with a final 2′3′ cGAMP concentration of 15 μM. The plates were then centrifuged immediately at 340 g for 1 minute, after which they were incubated at 37° C., 5% CO₂, >98% humidity for 24 h. Luciferase reporter activity was then measured. EC₅₀ values were calculated by using standard methods known in the art.

Luciferase reporter assay: 10 μL of supernatant from the assay was transferred to white 384-plate with flat bottom and squared wells. one pouch of QUANTI-Luc™ Plus was dissolved in 25 mL of water. 100 μL of QLC Stabilizer per 25 mL of QUANTI-Luc™ Plus solution was added. 50 μL of QUANTI-Luc™ Plus/QLC solution per well was then added. Luminescence was measured on a Platereader (e.g., Spectramax I3X (Molecular Devices GF3637001)).

Luciferase reporter activity was then measured. EC₅₀ values were calculated by using standard methods known in the art.

Luciferase reporter assay: 10 μL of supernatant from the assay was transferred to white 384-plate with flat bottom and squared wells, one pouch of QUANTI-Luc™ Plus was dissolved in 25 mL of water. 100 μL of QLC Stabilizer per 25 mL of QUANTI-Luc™ Plus solution was added. 50 μL of QUANTI-Luc™ Plus/QLC solution per well was then added. Luminescence is measured on a Platereader (e.g., Spectramax I3X (Molecular Devices GF3637001)).

Luciferase reporter activity was then measured. EC₅₀ values were calculated by using standard methods known in the art.

Table BA shows the activity of compounds in STING reporter assay: <0.008 μM=“++++++”; ≥01008 and <0.04 μM=“+++++”; ≥0.04 and <0.2 μM=“++++”; ≥0.2 and <1 μM=“+++”; ≥1 and <5 μM=“++”; ≥5 and <100 μM=“+”.

TABLE BA
Compound hSTING:
No.      EC50 (μM)
101      +++
104      ++++
127      +++
156      +++
211      +++
212      ++++
213      +++
214      ++
215      +++
216      ++++
217      +
218      +++
219      +++
220      +++
221      +++
222      ++
223      +++
224      ++
225      +++
226      +++
227      +++
228      +++
229      +++
230      +++
231      +++
232      +++
233      +++
234      ++++
235      ++++
236      +++
237      ++++
238      ++
239      ++
240      +++
241      ++
242      ++
243      +++
272      +++
273      +++
274      ++
275      +++
276      ++
277      +++
278      ++
279      +++
280      +++
281      ++
282      ++
283      +++
284      ++
285      +++
286      ++
287      +++
288      +++
289      +++
290      +
293      ++++
294      +++
295      ++++
296      ++++
297      +++
298      +++
300      ++++
301      +++

Numbered Clauses

The compounds, compositions, methods, and other subject matter described herein are further described in the following numbered clauses:

1. A compound of Formula I:

or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof or a tautomer thereof, wherein:

X¹ is selected from the group consisting of O, S, N, NR², and CR⁵;

X² is selected from the group consisting of O, S, N, NR⁴, and CR⁵;

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising X¹ and X² is heteroaryl; and

the 6-membered ring

is aromatic;

one of R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is selected from the group consisting of R* and —OR*;

and each of the three remaining R^1a, R^1b, R^1c, and R^1d is an independently selected R**; wherein:

R* is selected from the group consisting of

• • C_3-8 cycloalkyl or C_3-8 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g;
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g;
  • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and

each R** is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; -L³-L⁴-R*; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)(═NH)(C_1-4 alkyl); SF₅; —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);

W is selected from the group consisting of:

(i) C(═O);

(ii) C(═S);

(iii) S(O)_1-2;

(iv) C(═NR^d) or C(═NH);

(vi) C(═C—NO₂); and

(vii) S(═O)═N(R^d) or S(═O)═NH;

Q-A is defined according to (A) or (B) below:

Q is selected from the group consisting of: NH and N(C_1-6 alkyl) wherein the C_1-6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a; and

A is:

(i) —(Y^A1)_n—Y^A2, wherein:

• • n is 0 or 1;
  • Y^A1 is C_1-6 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; and
  • Y^A2 is
    • (a) C_3-20 cycloalkyl or C_3-20 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b,
    • (b) C_6-20 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^c;
    • (c) heteroaryl of 5-20 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c; or
    • (d) heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b, or

(ii) C_1-10 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a, or

Q and A, taken together, form:

and

E is a ring of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b,

each occurrence of R² is independently selected from the group consisting of:

(i) C_1-6 alkyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a;

(ii) C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, wherein the cycloalkyl or cycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;

(iii) heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heterocyclyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;

(iv) C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;

(v) heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b;

(vi) —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a;

(vii) —C(O)(C_6-10 aryl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;

(viii) —C(O)(heteroaryl), wherein the heteroaryl has 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;

(vii) —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl);

(viii) —CON(R′)(R″);

(ix) —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″);

(x) —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a;

(xiii) —S(O)_1-2(C_6-10 aryl), which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;

(xiv) —S(O)_1-2(heteroaryl), wherein the heteroaryl has 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and wherein the heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^c;

(xi) —OH;

(xii) C_1-4 alkoxy; and

(xiii) H;

R⁴ is selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^a;

R⁵ is selected from the group consisting of H; halo; —OH; —C_1-4 alkyl; —C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano, and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

R⁶ is selected from the group consisting of H; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^a; —OH; C_1-4 alkoxy; C(═O)H; C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^eR^f; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano; C_6-10 aryl; heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2; and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^a1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: —OH; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^eR^f; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl; C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl; and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected C_1-4 alkyl;

each occurrence of R^b is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl; —OH; oxo; —F; —Cl; —Br; —NR^e1R^f1; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); cyano; and -L¹-L²-R^h;

each occurrence of R^c is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); and -L¹-L²-R^h;

R^d is selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy;

each occurrence of R^e and R^f is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; C_1-6 alkyl; C_1-6 haloalkyl; C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy; or R^e and R^f together with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached forms a ring of 3-8 ring atoms, wherein the ring has: (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, each of which is substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-3 alkyl; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom attached to R^e and R^f), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N(R^d), NH, O, and S;

each occurrence of R^e1 and R^f1 is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; C_1-6 alkyl; C_1-6 haloalkyl; —C(O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —CON(R′)(R″); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —OH; and C_1-4 alkoxy;

each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-6 alkoxy optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with C_1-6 alkyl or cyano; C_6-10 aryl; S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^eR^f; —OH; oxo; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″);

-L¹ is a bond or C_1-3 alkylene;

-L² is —O—, —N(H)—, —S(O)_0-2—, or a bond;

R^h is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_3-8 cycloalkyl or C_3-8 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (in certain embodiments, it is provided that when R^h is C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected C_1-4 alkyl, -L¹ is a bond, or -L² is —O—, —N(H)—, or —S—);
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;
  • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;

-L³ is —C_1-3 alkylene or a bond;

-L⁴ is —O—, —N(H)—, —S(O)_0-2—, or a bond;

each occurrence of R′ and R″ is independently selected from the group consisting of: H, —OH, C_1-4 alkyl, C_6-10 aryl optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl, and heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, —OH, NH₂, NH(C_1-4 alkyl), N(C_1-4 alkyl)₂, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; or R′ and R″ together with the nitrogen atom to which each is attached forms a ring of 3-8 ring atoms, wherein the ring has: (a) 1-7 ring carbon atoms, each of which is substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of H and C_1-3 alkyl; and (b) 0-3 ring heteroatoms (in addition to the nitrogen atom attached to R′ and R″), which are each independently selected from the group consisting of N(H), N(C_1-6 alkyl), O, and S; and

with the proviso that the compound is not

2. The compound of clause 1, wherein X¹ is NR².

3. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2, wherein X is NH.

4. The compound of any one of clauses 1-3, wherein X² is CR⁵.

5. The compound of any one of clauses 1-4, wherein X² is CH.

6. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2 and 4, wherein X is NR²; and X² is CR⁵.

7. The compound of any one of clauses 1-6, wherein X¹ is NH; and X² is CH.

8. The compound of any one of clauses 1-7, wherein the

moiety is

wherein one of R^1a and R^1b is R*.

9. The compound of any one of clauses 1-7, wherein the

moiety is

wherein the asterisk denotes point of attachment to X¹.

10. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2, wherein the compound has formula (I-a1):

11. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2, wherein the compound has formula (I-a2):

12. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2, wherein the compound has formula (I-a2-1):

13. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2, wherein the compound has formula (I-a3):

14. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2, wherein the compound has formula (I-a4):

15. The compound of any one of clauses 1-2, wherein the compound has formula (I-a1-1) or (I-a3-1):

16. The compound of any one of clauses 9-15, wherein R² is H; and R⁵ is H.

17. The compound of any one of clauses 1-16, wherein R* is selected from the group consisting of:

• • heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g; and
  • C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

18. The compound of any one of clauses 1-17, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

19. The compound of any one of clauses 1-18, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 5 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

20. The compound of any one of clauses 1-19, wherein R* is

wherein

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is heteroaryl;

Z¹ is selected from N and CH;

Z² is selected from N, O, and CH;

Z³ is selected from C(R^g), N(R^g), N(R^d), and N;

Z⁴ is selected from N, NH, S, CH, N(R^g), N(R^d), and O; and

the asterisk denotes point of attachment to the six-membered ring of the bicyclic ring portion of Formula I.

21. The compound of clause 20, wherein each occurrence of R^g is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; or C_6-10 aryl); or

wherein each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; C_6-10 aryl; —OH; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_1-4 alkoxy; or cyano); halo; C_6-10 aryl; and cyano.

22. The compound of any one of clauses 19-21, wherein each occurrence of R^d is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

23. The compound of any one of clauses 1-18, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

24. The compound of any one of clauses 1-18 and 23, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy) and —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂); or

wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms (e.g., pyridyl (e.g., 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl) and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected Rai (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy); halo (e.g., F or Cl); or —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂ or —NHMe).

25. The compound of any one of clauses 1-17, wherein R* is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

26. The compound of any one of clauses 1-17 and 25, wherein R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl) or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH); or

wherein R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl); —OH; cyano; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″) (e.g., —C(═O)NMe₂); S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —SO₂Et); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —C(═O)Me); —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄ (e.g., —Si(CH₃)₄); C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with cyano; C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g., —OCHF₂ or —OCF₃); C_1-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, cyano, —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl), or —NR^eR^f).

27. The compound of any one of clauses 1-7, 9-11, 13, and 17-26, wherein each occurrence of R** is selected from the group consisting of: H; halo (e.g., F); cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., CF₃); C_1-4 alkoxy; —NR^e1R^f1; —OH; —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).

28. The compound of any one of clauses 1-7, 9-11, 13, and 17-27, wherein each occurrence of R** is H or F:

29. The compound of any one of clauses 1-28, wherein W is selected from the group consisting of: C(═O); S(O)₂; C(═NR^d) or C(═NH); C(═C—NO₂); and S(O)N(R^d) or S(O)NH.

30. The compound of any one of clauses 1-29, wherein W is selected from the group consisting of C(═O) and S(O)₂ (e.g., W is C(═O)).

31. The compound of any one of clauses 1-30, wherein Q-A is defined according to (A).

32. The compound of any one of clauses 1-31, wherein Q is NH.

33. The compound of any one of clauses 1-32, wherein Q is N(C_1-3 alkyl) (e.g., NMe or NEt).

34. The compound of any one of clauses 1-33, wherein A is —(Y^A1)_n—Y^A2.

35. The compound of any one of clauses 1-34, wherein n is 0.

36. The compound of any one of clauses 1-34, wherein n is 1.

37. The compound of any one of clauses 1-34 and 36, wherein Y^A1 is C_1-6 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^a.

38. The compound of any one of clauses 1-34 and 36-37, wherein Y^A1 is —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂CH₂—, —CH(CF₃)—, —CH₂CH(OH)—,

(e.g., Y^A1 is CH₂).

39. The compound of any one of clauses 1-34 and 36-38, wherein Y^A1 is —CH₂— or —CH₂CH₂—.

40. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39 wherein Y^A2 is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c.

41. The compound of any one of clauses 1-40, wherein Y^A2 is C₆ aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c.

42. The compound of any one of clauses 1-41, wherein Y^A2 is C₆ aryl, which is substituted with 1-3 R^c.

43. The compound of any one of clauses 1-42, wherein Y^A2 is phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^c, wherein one R^c is at the ring carbon para to the point of attachment to Y^A1.

44. The compound of any one of clauses 1-42, wherein Y^A2 is phenyl substituted with 1-3 R^c, wherein 1-2 R^c is at the ring carbons meta to the point of attachment to Y^A1.

45. The compound of any one of clauses 40-44, wherein each occurrence of R^c is selected from the group consisting of:

(a) halo (e.g., F or Cl);

(c) C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., CF₃); and

(s) -L¹-L²-R^h.

46. The compound of clause 45, wherein L¹ is a bond; L² is a bond or —N(H)—; and R^h is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_4-6 cycloalkyl or C_4-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with from 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F), C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl;
  • phenyl, which is optionally substituted with from 1 substituent selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F), C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; and
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 5-6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), and O, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g.,

47. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is C_7-10 bicyclic aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c (e.g., Y^A2 is naphthyl (e.g.,

indanyl (e.g.,

tetrahydronaphthyl, or

each of which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c).

48. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is heteroaryl of 5-14 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

49. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39 and 48, wherein Y^A2 is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms (e.g., pyridyl or pyrimidinyl (e.g., pyridyl)), wherein 1-2 (e.g., 1) ring atoms are ring nitrogen atoms, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) independently selected R^c.

50. The compound of clause 49, wherein one occurrence of R^c is at the position para to the point of attachment of Y^A2 to Y^A1.

51. The compound of clause 49, wherein when the heteroaryl ring is substituted with 2 or 3 independently selected R^c, one occurrence of R^c is at the position para to the point of attachment of Y^A2 to Y^A1 and at least one occurrence of R^c is at the position meta to the point of attachment of Y^A2 to Y^A1.

52. The compound of any one of clauses 48-51, wherein each occurrence of R^c is selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F) and -L¹-L²-R^h.

53. The compound of clause 52, wherein L¹ is a bond; L² is —O—, —N(H)—, or a bond; and R^h is selected from the group consisting of:

• • C_4-6 cycloalkyl or C_4-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl; and
  • heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), and O, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl.

54. The compound of any one of clauses 52-53, wherein R^h is selected from cyclobutyl, cyclohexyl, and piperidine; wherein R^h is optionally substituted with 1-2 F.

55. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39 and 48, wherein Y^A2 is bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl of 7-14 (e.g., 9-12 (e.g., 9, 10, 11, or 12)) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

56. The compound of clause 55, wherein Y^A2 is bicyclic heteroaryl of 9-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

57. The compound of any one of clauses 55-56, wherein Y^A2 is bicyclic heteroaryl of 10 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 (e.g.,

and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

58. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is C_3-20 cycloalkyl or C_3-20 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b.

59. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39 and 58, wherein Y^A2 is monocyclic C_3-10 cycloalkyl or C_3-10 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 R^b.

60. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39 and 58-59, wherein Y^A2 is C_5-6 (e.g., C₆) cycloalkyl or C_5-6 (e.g., C₆) cycloalkenyl, each of which is substituted with 1-4 (e.g., 1-2) R^b (e.g., Y^A2 is cyclopentyl or cyclohexyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b).

61. The compound of clause 60, wherein Y^A2 is cyclohexyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b. 62. The compound of clause 61, wherein one occurrence of R^b is at the ring carbon atom para to the point of attachment to Y^A1; or one occurrence of R^b is at the ring carbon atom meta to the point of attachment to Y^A1.

63. The compound of clause 60, wherein Y^A2 is cyclopentyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b.

64. The compound of clause 58, wherein Y^A2 is bicyclic or polycyclic C_7-20 cycloalkyl or C_7-20 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b.

65. The compound of clause 64, wherein Y^A2 is selected from the group consisting of: spiro[5.5]undecanyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-enyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (e.g.,

spiro[2.5]octanyl (e.g.,

and adamantyl (e.g.,

66. The compound of any one of clauses 64-65, wherein Y^A2 is

67. The compound of any one of clauses 58-66, wherein each occurrence of R^b is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl; —OH; oxo; —F; —Cl; —NR^e1R^f1; C_1-4 alkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)N(R′)(R″); —S(O)₂(NR′R″); cyano; and —R^h.

68. The compound of any one of clauses 58-67, wherein each occurrence of R^b is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-4 alkyl; C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., CF₃); —F; —NR^e1R^f1; C_1-4 alkoxy; and —R^h.

69. The compound of any one of clauses 67-68, wherein —R^h is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., phenyl optionally substituted with 1-2 F).

70. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b.

71. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39 and 70, wherein Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 4-6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), and O, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected R^b.

72. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39 and 70-71, wherein Y^A2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 4-6 ring atoms, wherein 1 ring atom is N(R^d).

73. The compound of any one of clauses 70-72, wherein R^d is selected from the group consisting of C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH; and C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

74. The compound of any one of clauses 70-73, wherein each occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-10 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_1-4 haloalkyl; —F; —Cl; —Br; cyano; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); oxo; cyano; and -L¹-L²-R^h.

75. The compound of any one of clauses 70-74, wherein one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a.

76. The compound of any one of clauses 70-75, wherein one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10).

77. The compound any one of clauses 70-76, wherein one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl; or sec-butyl; or tert-butyl; or iso-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

78. The compound any one of clauses 70-76, wherein one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., R^b is CF₃ or —CF₂CH₃).

79. The compound of any one of clauses 74, 75, and 78, wherein each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy.

80. The compound of any one of clauses 70-73, wherein one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is -L¹-L²-R^h (e.g., —R^h or —CH₂—R^h such as benzyl); or wherein one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is C_1-4 alkoxy or C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g.,

81. The compound of any one of clauses 70-73 and 80, wherein one occurrence of R^b is —F or —Cl (e.g., —F).

82. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is

n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

83. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is

n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

84. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is

one of Q¹ and Q² is N; the other one of Q¹ and Q² is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

85. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is

one of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is N; each of the remaining of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c.

86. The compound of any one of clauses 82-85, wherein R^cA is selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^eR^f; —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)(OH); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); and -L¹-L²-R^h.

87. The compound of any one of clauses 82-86, wherein R^cA is halo (e.g., F) or unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

88. The compound of any one of clauses 82-86, wherein R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4haloalkoxy).

89. The compound of any one of clauses 82-86, wherein R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected halo (e.g., R^cA is CF₃).

90. The compound of any one of clauses 82-86, wherein R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h.

91. The compound of clause 90, wherein -L¹ is a bond.

92. The compound of any one of clauses 90-91, wherein -L² is a bond.

93. The compound of any one of clauses 90-92, wherein R^h is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl,

such as C₆ aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo (e.g., F), C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g.,

94. The compound of any one of clauses 90-92, wherein R^h is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-10 (e.g., 5-6) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl, such as

95. The compound of any one of clauses 90-92, wherein R^h is C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkyl or C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., R^h is cyclohexyl or 3,3-difluorocyclobutyl).

96. The compound of any one of clauses 82-95, wherein n1 is 0.

97. The compound of any one of clauses 82-95, wherein n1 is 1 or 2 (e.g., 1).

98. The compound of any one of clauses 82-95 and 97, wherein each occurrence of R^cB is independently halo or C_1-3 alkyl (e.g., halo).

99. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is

n2 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b.

100. The compound of any one of clauses 1-39, wherein Y^A2 is

n2 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b.

101. The compound of any one of clauses 99-100, wherein R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a.

102. The compound of any one of clauses 99-100, wherein R^bA is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl; or sec-butyl; or tert-butyl; or iso-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

103. The compound of any one of clauses 99-100, wherein R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each R^a is selected from the group consisting of halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy) (e.g., R^bA is CF₃ or —CF₂CH₃).

104. The compound of any one of clauses 99-100, wherein R^bA is —F or —Cl.

105. The compound of any one of clauses 99-100, wherein R^bA is -L¹-L²-R^h(e.g., —R^h (e.g., phenyl or 3,5-difluorophenyl) or —CH₂—R^h such as benzyl); or R^BA is C_1-4 alkoxy or C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g.,

106. The compound of any one of clauses 99-105, wherein n2 is 0.

107. The compound of any one of clauses 99-105, wherein n2 is 1 or 2; and/or wherein each occurrence R^bB is selected from the group consisting of —F, —Cl, and C_1-3 alkyl.

108. The compound of any one of clauses 1-29, wherein Q-A is as defined according to (B); and E is a ring of 5-8 ring atoms, wherein 0-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms (in addition to the ring nitrogen atom that is present), each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is piperidinyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is

wherein R^b is C_1-6 alkyl)).

109. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n1 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

110. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n1 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

111. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); one of Q¹ and Q² is N; the other one of Q¹ and Q² is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

112. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); one of Q¹, Q², Q³, and Q⁴ is N; each of the remaining of Q¹, Q², Q³, Q⁴ is CH; n1 is 0, 1, or 2; and each of R^cA and R^cB is an independently selected R^c; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

113. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein

W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O);

B¹ is selected from the group consisting of:

(a) bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl of 7-14 (e.g., 9-12 (e.g., 9, 10, 11, or 12)) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c; and

(b) C_7-10 bicyclic aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 R^c;

and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

114. The compound of clause 113, wherein B¹ is bicyclic or tricyclic heteroaryl of 9-10 (e.g., 10) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^c.

115. The compound of clause 113, wherein B¹ is

116. The compound of any one of clauses 109-115, wherein one of R^1a and R^1b is R*, the other of R^1a and R^1b is R** (e.g., H or F); and each of R^1c and R^1d is H.

117. The compound of clause 116, wherein R* is

wherein

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is heteroaryl;

Z¹ is selected from N and CH;

Z² is selected from N, O, and CH;

Z³ is selected from C(R^g), N(R^g), N(R^d), and N;

Z⁴ is selected from N, NH, S, CH, N(R^d), and O; and

the asterisk denotes point of attachment to the six-membered ring of the bicyclic ring portion of Formula I.

118. The compound of clause 117, wherein each occurrence of R^g is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; or C_6-10 aryl); or

wherein each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; C_6-10 aryl; —OH; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_1-4 alkoxy; or cyano); halo; C_6-10 aryl; and cyano.

119. The compound of any one of clauses 117-118, wherein R^d is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

120. The compound of clause 116, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

121. The compound of any one of clauses 116 and 120, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy) and —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂); or

wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms (e.g., pyridyl (e.g., 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl) and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected Rai (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy); halo (e.g., F or Cl); or —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂ or —NHMe).

122. The compound of clause 116, wherein R* is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

123. The compound of any one of clauses 116 and 122, wherein R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl) or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH); or

R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl); —OH; cyano; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″) (e.g., —C(═O)NMe₂); S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —SO₂Et); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —C(═O)Me); —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄ (e.g., —Si(CH₃)₄); C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with cyano; C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g., —OCHF₂ or —OCF₃); C_1-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, cyano, —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl), or —NR^eR^f).

124. The compound of any one of clauses 109-112 and 116-123, wherein R^cA is selected from the group consisting of: halo; cyano; C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —NR^eR^f; —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —C(═O)(C_1-10 alkyl); —C(═O)(OH); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); and -L¹-L²-R^h.

125. The compound of any one of clauses 109-112 and 116-124, wherein R^cA is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl, iso-butyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

126. The compound of any one of clauses 109-112 and 116-124, wherein R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each occurrence of R^a is independently selected from halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy).

127. The compound of clause 126, wherein R^cA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected halo (e.g., R^cA is CF₃).

128. The compound of any one of clauses 109-112 and 116-124, wherein R^cA is halo (e.g., F or Cl (e.g., F)).

129. The compound of clause 124, wherein R^cA is -L¹-L²-R^h.

130. The compound of clause 129, wherein -L¹ is a bond.

131. The compound of any one of clauses 129-130, wherein -L² is —N(H)— or a bond (e.g., a bond).

132. The compound of any one of clauses 129-130, wherein R^h is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl,

such as C₆ aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, or C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g.,

133. The compound of any one of clauses 129-130, wherein R^h is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl has 3-10 (e.g., 5-6) ring atoms, wherein 1-3 (e.g., 1-2) ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl is optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl, such as

134. The compound of any one of clauses 129-130, wherein R^h is C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkyl or C_3-8 (e.g., C_3-6) cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-4 substituents independently selected from the group consisting of halo, C_1-4 alkyl, and C_1-4 haloalkyl (e.g., R^h is cyclohexyl or cyclobutyl optionally substituted with 1-2 F).

135. The compound of any one of clauses 109-134, wherein n1 is 0.

136. The compound of any one of clauses 109-134, wherein n1 is 1 or 2 (e.g., 1).

137. The compound of any one of clauses 109-134 and 136, wherein each occurrence of R^cB is independently halo or C_1-3 alkyl (e.g., halo).

138. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n2 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

139. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); n2 is 0, 1, or 2; each of R^bA and R^bB is an independently selected R^b; and R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

140. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein W^A is O, S, CHNO₂, NR^d, or NH (e.g., O); B² is: bicyclic, tricyclic, or polycyclic C_7-20 cycloalkyl or C_7-20 cycloalkenyl, each optionally substituted with 1-2 R^b, and

R⁷ is H or C_1-4 alkyl.

141. The compound of clause 140, wherein B² is selected from the group consisting of: spiro[5.5]undecanyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]hept-2-enyl (e.g.,

bicyclo[2.2.1]heptanyl (e.g.,

spiro[2.5]octanyl (e.g.,

and adamantly (e.g.,

142. The compound of clause 141, wherein B² is

143. The compound of any one of clauses 138-142, wherein one of R^1a and R^1b is R*, the other of R^1a and R^1b is R** (e.g., H or F); and each of R^1c and R^1d is H.

144. The compound of clause 143, wherein R* is

wherein

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is heteroaryl;

Z¹ is selected from N and CH;

Z² is selected from N, O, and CH;

Z³ is selected from C(R^g), N(R^g), N(R^d), and N;

Z⁴ is selected from N, NH, S, CH, N(R^g), N(R^d), and O; and

the asterisk denotes point of attachment to the six-membered ring of the bicyclic ring portion of Formula I.

145. The compound of clause 144, wherein each occurrence of R^g is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_6-10 aryl); or

wherein each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; C_6-10 aryl; —OH; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_1-4 alkoxy; or cyano); halo; C_6-10 aryl; and cyano.

146. The compound of clause 144, wherein each occurrence of R^d is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

147. The compound of clause 143, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

148. The compound of any one of clauses 143 and 147, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy) and —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂); or

wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms (e.g., pyridyl (e.g., 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl) and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected Rai (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy); halo (e.g., F or Cl); or —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂ or —NHMe).

149. The compound of clause 143, wherein R* is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

150. The compound of any one of clauses 143 and 149, wherein R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl) or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH); or

wherein R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl); —OH; cyano; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″) (e.g., —C(═O)NMe₂); S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —SO₂Et); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —C(═O)Me); —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄ (e.g., —Si(CH₃)₄); C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with cyano; C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g., —OCHF₂ or —OCF₃); C_1-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, cyano, —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl), or —NR^eR^f).

151. The compound of any one of clauses 138-150, wherein R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is optionally substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a.

152. The compound of clause 151, wherein R^bA is unsubstituted C_1-10 alkyl (e.g., C₂, C₃, C₄, C₅, C₆, or C_7-10), such as ethyl, propyl (e.g., n-propyl), butyl (e.g., n-butyl; or sec-butyl; or tert-butyl; or iso-butyl), or octyl (e.g., n-octyl).

153. The compound of clause 151, wherein R^bA is C_1-10 alkyl which is substituted with 1-6 independently selected R^a (e.g., each R^a is selected from the group consisting of halo, OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, and C_1-4 haloalkoxy) (e.g., R^bA is CF₃).

154. The compound of any one of clauses 138-150, wherein R^bA is —F or —Cl.

155. The compound of any one of clauses 138-150, wherein R^bA is -L1-L²-R^h(e.g., —R^h (e.g., phenyl or 3,5-difluorophenyl) or —CH₂—R^h such as benzyl); or wherein one occurrence of R^b substituent of Y^A2 is C_1-4 alkoxy or C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g.,

156. The compound of any one of clauses 138-155, wherein n2 is 0.

157. The compound of any one of clauses 138-155, wherein n2 is 1 or 2.

158. The compound of clause 138-155 and 157, wherein each occurrence R^bB is selected from the group consisting of —F, —Cl, and C_1-3 alkyl.

159. The compound of any one of clauses 109-158, wherein n is 0.

160. The compound of any one of clauses 109-158, wherein n is 1.

161. The compound of clause 160, wherein Y^A1 is C_1-6 alkylene, which is optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a.

162. The compound of any one of clauses 160-161, wherein Y^A1 is —CH₂—, —CH₂CH₂— —CH₂CH₂CH₂— —CH(CF₃)—, —CH₂CH(OH)—,

(e.g., CH₂),

(e.g., Y^A1 is —CH₂— or —CH₂CH₂—).

163. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound has the following formula:

wherein:

E is a ring of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b.

164. The compound of clause 163, wherein E is a ring of 5-8 ring atoms, herein aside from the nitrogen atom present, 0-3 additional ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is piperidinyl which is optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^b (e.g., E is

wherein R^b is C_1-6 alkyl)).

165. The compound of any one of clauses 138-142 and 163-164, wherein one of R^1a and R^1b is R*, the other of R^1a and R^1b is R** (e.g., H or F); and each of R^1c and R^1d is H.

166. The compound of clause 165, wherein R* is

wherein

each is independently a single bond or a double bond, provided that the five-membered ring comprising Z¹, Z², Z³, and Z⁴ is heteroaryl;

Z¹ is selected from N and CH;

Z² is selected from N, O, and CH;

Z³ is selected from C(R^g), N(R^g), N(R^d), and N;

Z⁴ is selected from N, NH, S, CH, S, N(R^g), N(R^d), and O; and

the asterisk denotes point of attachment to the six-membered ring of the bicyclic ring portion of Formula I.

167. The compound of clause 166, wherein each occurrence of R^g is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_6-10 aryl); or

wherein each occurrence of R^g is independently selected from the group consisting of: C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected C_3-6 cycloalkyl or C_3-6 cycloalkenyl; C_6-10 aryl; —OH; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); C_1-4 alkoxy; or cyano); halo; C_6-10 aryl; and cyano.

168. The compound of any one of clauses 166-167, wherein each occurrence of R^d is C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 substituents each independently selected from the group consisting of halo and OH.

169. The compound of clause 165, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(R^d), O, and S(O)_0-2 and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

170. The compound of any one of clauses 165 and 169, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy) and —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂); or

wherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-2 ring atoms are N atoms (e.g., pyridyl (e.g., 3-pyridyl or 4-pyridyl) and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected Rai (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected —OH, —F, or C_1-4 alkoxy); halo (e.g., F or Cl); or —NR^eR^f (e.g., —NH₂ or —NHMe).

171. The compound of any one of clauses 165 and 169, wherein R* is C_6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected R^g.

172. The compound of any one of clauses 165, 169, and 171, wherein R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl) or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH); or

wherein R* is phenyl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected halo (e.g., F or Cl); —OH; cyano; —C(═O)N(R′)(R″) (e.g., —C(═O)NMe₂); S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —SO₂Et); —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl) (e.g., —C(═O)Me); —Si(C_1-4 alkyl)₄ (e.g., —Si(CH₃)₄); C_3-8 cycloalkyl optionally substituted with cyano; C_1-4 haloalkoxy (e.g., —OCHF₂ or —OCF₃); C_1-6 alkoxy (e.g., methoxy); or C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 independently selected R^a1 (e.g., C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 —OH, C_1-4 alkoxy, cyano, —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl), or —NR^eR^f).

173. The compound of any one of clauses 109-142 and 151-164 wherein the

moiety is

174. The compound of any one of clauses 109-142 and 151-164, wherein the

moiety is

175. The compound of any one of clauses 109-142 and 151-164, wherein the

moiety is

176. The compound of any one of clauses 109-175, wherein R² is H.

177. The compound of any one of clauses 109-176, wherein R⁵ is H.

178. The compound of any one of clauses 109-177, wherein each R** is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; halo; cyano; C_1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 R^a; C_2-6 alkenyl; C_2-6 alkynyl; C_1-4 haloalkyl; C_1-4 alkoxy; C_1-4 haloalkoxy; -L³-L⁴-R*; —S(O)_1-2(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)(═NH)(C_1-4 alkyl); —S(O)_1-2(NR′R″); —C_1-4 thioalkoxy; —NO₂; —C(═O)(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C_1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).

179. The compound of any one of clauses 109-178, wherein R⁷ is H.

180. The compound of any one of clauses 1-179, wherein R⁶ is H.

181. The compound of clause 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compounds delineated in Table C1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

182. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of clauses 1-181 and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

183. A method for inhibiting STING activity, the method comprising contacting STING with a compound as defined in any one of clauses 1-181.

184. The method of clause 183, wherein the inhibiting comprises antagonizing STING.

185. The method of any one of clauses 183-184, which is carried out in vitro.

186. The method of clause 185, wherein the method comprises contacting a sample comprising one or more cells comprising STING with the compound.

187. The method of clause 185 or 186, wherein the one or more cells are one or more cancer cells.

188. The method of clause 186 or 187 wherein the sample further comprises one or more cancer cells (e.g., wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, cervical cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, urothelial carcinoma, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, sarcoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastroesophageal carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, hepatocellular cancer, malignant mesothelioma, leukemia, lymphoma, myelodysplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma, transitional cell carcinoma, neuroblastoma, plasma cell neoplasms, Wilm's tumor, or hepatocellular carcinoma).

189. The method of clause 183, which is carried out in vivo.

190. The method of clause 189, wherein the method comprises administering the compound to a subject having a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING signaling contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease.

191. The method of clause 190, wherein the subject is a human.

192. The method of clause 190, wherein the disease is cancer.

193. The method of clause 192, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, cervical cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, urothelial carcinoma, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, sarcoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastroesophageal carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, hepatocellular cancer, malignant mesothelioma, leukemia, lymphoma, myelodysplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma, transitional cell carcinoma, neuroblastoma, plasma cell neoplasms, Wilm's tumor, or hepatocellular carcinoma.

194. The method of clause 192 or 193, wherein the cancer is a refractory cancer.

195. The method of clause 190, wherein the compound is administered in combination with one or more additional cancer therapies.

196. The method of clause 195, wherein the one or more additional cancer therapies comprises surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy or gene therapy, or a combination thereof.

197. The method of clause 196, wherein chemotherapy comprises administering one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents.

198. The method of clause 197, wherein the one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents is selected from an alkylating agent (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and/or oxaliplatin); an anti-metabolite (e.g., azathioprine and/or mercaptopurine); a terpenoid (e.g., a vinca alkaloid and/or a taxane; e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vinorelbine and/or Vindesine Taxol, Pacllitaxel and/or Docetaxel); a topoisomerase (e.g., a type I topoisomerase and/or a type 2 topoisomerase; e.g., camptothecins, such as irinotecan and/or topotecan; amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate and/or teniposide); a cytotoxic antibiotic (e.g., actinomycin, anthracyclines, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, valrubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin and/or mitomycin); a hormone (e.g., a lutenizing hormone releasing hormone agonist; e.g., leuprolidine, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, bicalutamide, flutamide and/or nilutamide); an antibody (e.g., Abciximab, Adalimumab, Alemtuzumab, Atlizumab, Basiliximab, Belimumab, Bevacizumab, Bretuximab vedotin, Canakinumab, Cetuximab, Ceertolizumab pegol, Daclizumab, Denosumab, Eculizumab, Efalizumab, Gemtuzumab, Golimumab, Golimumab, Ibritumomab tiuxetan, Infliximab, Ipilimumab, Muromonab-CD3, Natalizumab, Ofatumumab, Omalizumab, Palivizumab, Panitumuab, Ranibizumab, Rituximab, Tocilizumab, Tositumomab and/or Trastuzumab); an anti-angiogenic agent; a cytokine; a thrombotic agent; a growth inhibitory agent; an anti-helminthic agent; and an immune checkpoint inhibitor that targets an immune checkpoint receptor selected from the group consisting of CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L2, interleukin-2 (IL-2), indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO), IL-10, transforming growth factor-β (TGFβ), T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2), Galectin 9-TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3), MHC class II-LAG3, 4-1BB-4-1BB ligand, OX40-OX40 ligand, GITR, GITR ligand-GITR, CD27, CD70-CD27, TNFRSF25, TNFRSF25-TL1A, CD40L, CD40-CD40 ligand, HVEM-LIGHT-LTA, HVEM, HVEM-BTLA, HVEM-CD160, HVEM-LIGHT, HVEM-BTLA-CD160, CD80, CD80-PDL-1, PDL2-CD80, CD244, CD48-CD244, CD244, ICOS, ICOS-ICOS ligand, B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2-TMIGD2, Butyrophilins, including BTNL2, Siglec family, TIGIT and PVR family members, KIRs, ILTs and LIRs, NKG2D and NKG2A, MICA and MICB, CD244, CD28, CD86-CD28, CD86-CTLA, CD80-CD28, CD39, CD73 Adenosine-CD39-CD73, CXCR4-CXCL12, Phosphatidylserine, TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, SIRPA-CD47, VEGF, Neuropilin, CD160, CD30, and CD155 (e.g., CTLA-4 or PD1 or PD-L1).

199. The method of any one of clauses 190-198, wherein the compound is administered intratumorally.

200. A method of treating cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of clauses 1-181, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined in clause 182.

201. The method of clause 200, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, cervical cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, urothelial carcinoma, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, sarcoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastroesophageal carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, hepatocellular cancer, malignant mesothelioma, leukemia, lymphoma, myelodysplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma, transitional cell carcinoma, neuroblastoma, plasma cell neoplasms, Wilm's tumor, or hepatocellular carcinoma.

202. The method of clause 200 or 201, wherein the cancer is a refractory cancer.

203. The method of clause 200, wherein the compound is administered in combination with one or more additional cancer therapies.

204. The method of clause 203, wherein the one or more additional cancer therapies comprises surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy or gene therapy, or a combination thereof.

205. The method of clause 204, wherein chemotherapy comprises administering one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents.

206. The method of clause 205, wherein the one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents is selected from an alkylating agent (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and/or oxaliplatin); an anti-metabolite (e.g., azathioprine and/or mercaptopurine); a terpenoid (e.g., a vinca alkaloid and/or a taxane; e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vinorelbine and/or Vindesine Taxol, Pacllitaxel and/or Docetaxel); a topoisomerase (e.g., a type I topoisomerase and/or a type 2 topoisomerase; e.g., camptothecins, such as irinotecan and/or topotecan; amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate and/or teniposide); a cytotoxic antibiotic (e.g., actinomycin, anthracyclines, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, valrubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin and/or mitomycin); a hormone (e.g., a lutenizing hormone releasing hormone agonist; e.g., leuprolidine, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, bicalutamide, flutamide and/or nilutamide); an antibody (e.g., Abciximab, Adalimumab, Alemtuzumab, Atlizumab, Basiliximab, Belimumab, Bevacizumab, Bretuximab vedotin, Canakinumab, Cetuximab, Ceertolizumab pegol, Daclizumab, Denosumab, Eculizumab, Efalizumab, Gemtuzumab, Golimumab, Golimumab, Ibritumomab tiuxetan, Infliximab, Ipilimumab, Muromonab-CD3, Natalizumab, Ofatumumab, Omalizumab, Palivizumab, Panitumuab, Ranibizumab, Rituximab, Tocilizumab, Tositumomab and/or Trastuzumab); an anti-angiogenic agent; a cytokine; a thrombotic agent; a growth inhibitory agent; an anti-helminthic agent; and an immune checkpoint inhibitor that targets an immune checkpoint receptor selected from the group consisting of CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L2, interleukin-2 (IL-2), indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO), IL-10, transforming growth factor-β (TGFβ), T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2), Galectin 9-TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3), MHC class II-LAG3, 4-1BB-4-1BB ligand, OX40-OX40 ligand, GITR, GITR ligand-GITR, CD27, CD70-CD27, TNFRSF25, TNFRSF25-TL1A, CD40L, CD40-CD40 ligand, HVEM-LIGHT-LTA, HVEM, HVEM-BTLA, HVEM-CD160, HVEM-LIGHT, HVEM-BTLA-CD160, CD80, CD80-PDL-1, PDL2-CD80, CD244, CD48-CD244, CD244, ICOS, ICOS-ICOS ligand, B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2-TMIGD2, Butyrophilins, including BTNL2, Siglec family, TIGIT and PVR family members, KIRs, ILTs and LIRs, NKG2D and NKG2A, MICA and MICB, CD244, CD28, CD86-CD28, CD86-CTLA, CD80-CD28, CD39, CD73 Adenosine-CD39-CD73, CXCR4-CXCL12, Phosphatidylserine, TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, SIRPA-CD47, VEGF, Neuropilin, CD160, CD30, and CD155 (e.g., CTLA-4 or PD1 or PD-L1).

207. The method of any one of clauses 200-206, wherein the compound is administered intratumorally.

208. A method of inducing an immune response in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of clauses 1-181, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined in clause 182.

209. The method of clause 208, wherein the subject has cancer.

210. The method of clause 209, wherein the subject has undergone and/or is undergoing and/or will undergo one or more cancer therapies.

211. The method of clause 209, wherein the cancer selected from the group consisting of melanoma, cervical cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, urothelial carcinoma, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, sarcoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastroesophageal carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, hepatocellular cancer, malignant mesothelioma, leukemia, lymphoma, myelodysplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma, transitional cell carcinoma, neuroblastoma, plasma cell neoplasms, Wilm's tumor, or hepatocellular carcinoma.

212. The method of clause 211, wherein the cancer is a refractory cancer.

213. The method of clause 208, wherein the immune response is an innate immune response.

214. The method of clause 213, wherein the at least one or more cancer therapies comprises surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy or gene therapy, or a combination thereof.

215. The method of clause 214, wherein chemotherapy comprises administering one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents.

216. The method of clause 215, wherein the one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents is selected from alkylating agent (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and/or oxaliplatin); an anti-metabolite (e.g., azathioprine and/or mercaptopurine); a terpenoid (e.g., a vinca alkaloid and/or a taxane; e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vinorelbine and/or Vindesine Taxol, Pacllitaxel and/or Docetaxel); a topoisomerase (e.g., a type I topoisomerase and/or a type 2 topoisomerase; e.g., camptothecins, such as irinotecan and/or topotecan; amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate and/or teniposide); a cytotoxic antibiotic (e.g., actinomycin, anthracyclines, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, valrubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin and/or mitomycin); a hormone (e.g., a lutenizing hormone releasing hormone agonist; e.g., leuprolidine, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, bicalutamide, flutamide and/or nilutamide); an antibody (e.g., Abciximab, Adalimumab, Alemtuzumab, Atlizumab, Basiliximab, Belimumab, Bevacizumab, Bretuximab vedotin, Canakinumab, Cetuximab, Ceertolizumab pegol, Daclizumab, Denosumab, Eculizumab, Efalizumab, Gemtuzumab, Golimumab, Golimumab, Ibritumomab tiuxetan, Infliximab, Ipilimumab, Muromonab-CD3, Natalizumab, Ofatumumab, Omalizumab, Palivizumab, Panitumuab, Ranibizumab, Rituximab, Tocilizumab, Tositumomab and/or Trastuzumab); an anti-angiogenic agent; a cytokine; a thrombotic agent; a growth inhibitory agent; an anti-helminthic agent; and an immune checkpoint inhibitor that targets an immune checkpoint receptor selected from the group consisting of CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L2, interleukin-2 (IL-2), indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO), IL-10, transforming growth factor-β (TGFβ), T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2), Galectin 9-TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3), MHC class II-LAG3, 4-1BB-4-1BB ligand, OX40-OX40 ligand, GITR, GITR ligand-GITR, CD27, CD70-CD27, TNFRSF25, TNFRSF25-TL1A, CD40L, CD40-CD40 ligand, HVEM-LIGHT-LTA, HVEM, HVEM-BTLA, HVEM-CD160, HVEM-LIGHT, HVEM-BTLA-CD160, CD80, CD80-PDL-1, PDL2-CD80, CD244, CD48-CD244, CD244, ICOS, ICOS-ICOS ligand, B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2-TMIGD2, Butyrophilins, including BTNL2, Siglec family, TIGIT and PVR family members, KIRs, ILTs and LIRs, NKG2D and NKG2A, MICA and MICB, CD244, CD28, CD86-CD28, CD86-CTLA, CD80-CD28, CD39, CD73 Adenosine-CD39-CD73, CXCR4-CXCL12, Phosphatidylserine, TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, SIRPA-CD47, VEGF, Neuropilin, CD160, CD30, and CD155 (e.g., CTLA-4 or PD1 or PD-L1).

217. A method of treatment of a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING signaling contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of clauses 1-181, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined in clause 182.

218. A method of treatment comprising administering to a subject having a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING signaling contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease an effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of clauses 1-181, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined in clause 182.

219. A method of treatment comprising administering to a subject a compound as defined in any one of clauses 1-181, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined in clause 182, wherein the compound or composition is administered in an amount effective to treat a disease in which increased (e.g., excessive) STING signaling contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease, thereby treating the disease.

220. The method of any one of clauses 217-219, wherein the disease is cancer.

221. The method of clause 220, wherein the cancer is selected from the group consisting of melanoma, cervical cancer, breast cancer, ovarian cancer, prostate cancer, testicular cancer, urothelial carcinoma, bladder cancer, non-small cell lung cancer, small cell lung cancer, sarcoma, colorectal adenocarcinoma, gastrointestinal stromal tumors, gastroesophageal carcinoma, colorectal cancer, pancreatic cancer, kidney cancer, hepatocellular cancer, malignant mesothelioma, leukemia, lymphoma, myelodysplasia syndrome, multiple myeloma, transitional cell carcinoma, neuroblastoma, plasma cell neoplasms, Wilm's tumor, or hepatocellular carcinoma.

222. The method of clause 220 or 221, wherein the cancer is a refractory cancer.

223. The method of any one of clauses 220-222, wherein the compound is administered in combination with one or more additional cancer therapies.

224. The method of clause 223, wherein the one or more additional cancer therapies comprises surgery, radiotherapy, chemotherapy, toxin therapy, immunotherapy, cryotherapy or gene therapy, or a combination thereof.

225. The method of clause 224, wherein chemotherapy comprises administering one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents.

226. The method of clause 225, wherein the one or more additional chemotherapeutic agents is selected from an alkylating agent (e.g., cisplatin, carboplatin, mechlorethamine, cyclophosphamide, chlorambucil, ifosfamide and/or oxaliplatin); an anti-metabolite (e.g., azathioprine and/or mercaptopurine); a terpenoid (e.g., a vinca alkaloid and/or a taxane; e.g., Vincristine, Vinblastine, Vinorelbine and/or Vindesine Taxol, Pacllitaxel and/or Docetaxel); a topoisomerase (e.g., a type I topoisomerase and/or a type 2 topoisomerase; e.g., camptothecins, such as irinotecan and/or topotecan; amsacrine, etoposide, etoposide phosphate and/or teniposide); a cytotoxic antibiotic (e.g., actinomycin, anthracyclines, doxorubicin, daunorubicin, valrubicin, idarubicin, epirubicin, bleomycin, plicamycin and/or mitomycin); a hormone (e.g., a lutenizing hormone releasing hormone agonist; e.g., leuprolidine, goserelin, triptorelin, histrelin, bicalutamide, flutamide and/or nilutamide); an antibody (e.g., Abciximab, Adalimumab, Alemtuzumab, Atlizumab, Basiliximab, Belimumab, Bevacizumab, Bretuximab vedotin, Canakinumab, Cetuximab, Ceertolizumab pegol, Daclizumab, Denosumab, Eculizumab, Efalizumab, Gemtuzumab, Golimumab, Golimumab, Ibritumomab tiuxetan, Infliximab, Ipilimumab, Muromonab-CD3, Natalizumab, Ofatumumab, Omalizumab, Palivizumab, Panitumuab, Ranibizumab, Rituximab, Tocilizumab, Tositumomab and/or Trastuzumab); an anti-angiogenic agent; a cytokine; a thrombotic agent; a growth inhibitory agent; an anti-helminthic agent; and an immune checkpoint inhibitor that targets an immune checkpoint receptor selected from the group consisting of CTLA-4, PD-1, PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L1, PD-1-PD-L2, interleukin-2 (IL-2), indoleamine 2,3-dioxygenase (IDO), IL-10, transforming growth factor-β (TGFβ), T cell immunoglobulin and mucin 3 (TIM3 or HAVCR2), Galectin 9-TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, lymphocyte activation gene 3 protein (LAG3), MHC class II-LAG3, 4-1BB-4-1BB ligand, OX40-OX40 ligand, GITR, GITR ligand-GITR, CD27, CD70-CD27, TNFRSF25, TNFRSF25-TL1A, CD40L, CD40-CD40 ligand, HVEM-LIGHT-LTA, HVEM, HVEM-BTLA, HVEM-CD160, HVEM-LIGHT, HVEM-BTLA-CD160, CD80, CD80-PDL-1, PDL2-CD80, CD244, CD48-CD244, CD244, ICOS, ICOS-ICOS ligand, B7-H3, B7-H4, VISTA, TMIGD2, HHLA2-TMIGD2, Butyrophilins, including BTNL2, Siglec family, TIGIT and PVR family members, KIRs, ILTs and LIRs, NKG2D and NKG2A, MICA and MICB, CD244, CD28, CD86-CD28, CD86-CTLA, CD80-CD28, CD39, CD73 Adenosine-CD39-CD73, CXCR4-CXCL12, Phosphatidylserine, TIM3, Phosphatidylserine-TIM3, SIRPA-CD47, VEGF, Neuropilin, CD160, CD30, and CD155 (e.g., CTLA-4 or PD1 or PD-L1).

227. The method of any one of clauses 217-226, wherein the compound is administered intratumorally.

228. A method of treatment of a disease, disorder, or condition associated with STING, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound as defined in any one of clauses 1-181, or a pharmaceutical composition as defined in clause 182.

229. The method of clause 228, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition is selected from type I interferonopathies, Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS), genetic forms of lupus, inflammation-associated disorders, and rheumatoid arthritis.

230. The method of clause 229, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition is a type I interferonopathy (e.g., STING-associated vasculopathywith onset in infancy (SAVI)).

231. The method of clause 230, wherein the type I interferonopathy is STING-associated vasculopathy with onset in infancy (SAVI)).

232. The method of clause 230, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition is Aicardi-Goutiéres Syndrome (AGS).

233. The method of clause 229, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition is a genetic form of lupus.

234. The method of clause 229, wherein the disease, disorder, or condition is inflammation-associated disorder.

235. The method of clause 234, wherein the inflammation-associated disorder is systemic lupus erythematosus.

236. The method of any one of clauses 190-235, wherein the method further comprises identifying the subject.

237. A combination comprising a compounds defined in any one of clauses 1 to 181 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof, and one or more therapeutically active agents.

238. A compound defined in any one of clauses 1 to 181 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition defined in clause 182, for use as a medicament.

239. A compound defined in any one of clauses 1 to 181 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition defined in clause 182, for use in the treatment of a disease, condition or disorder modulated by STING inhibition.

240. A compound defined in any one of clauses 1 to 181 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof, or the pharmaceutical composition defined in clause 182, for use in the treatment of a disease mentioned in any one of clauses 183 to 236.

241. Use of a compound defined in any one of clauses 1 to 181 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition defined in clause 182, in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease mentioned in in any one of clauses 183 to 236.

Claims

1. A compound of Formula I:

2. The compound of claim 1, wherein X1 is NR2, such as: wherein X1 is NH.

3. The compound of claim 1 or 2, wherein X2 is CR5, such as: wherein X2 is CH.

4. The compound of any one of claims 1-3, wherein the

5. The compound of any one of claims 1-3, wherein the compound is a compound of Formula (I-a1), (I-a2), (I-a3), or (I-a4):

6. The compound of any one of claims 1-5, wherein R* is selected from the group consisting of: heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(Rd), O, and S(O)0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rg; andC6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rg.

7. The compound of any one of claims 1-6, wherein R* is heteroaryl of 5-10 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(Rd), O, and S(O)0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rg; such as: wherein R* is heteroaryl of 5 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(Rd), O, and S(O)0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rg; orwherein R* is heteroaryl of 6 ring atoms, wherein 1-4 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(Rd), O, and S(O)0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rg.

8. The compound of any one of claims 1-7, wherein R* is C6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rg.

9. The compound of any one of claims 1-8, wherein each occurrence of R** is independently selected from the group consisting of: H; halo, such as F; cyano; C1-6 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-2 Ra; C1-4 haloalkyl, such as CF3; C1-4 alkoxy; —NRe1Rf1; —OH; —S(O)1-2(NR′R″); —NO2; —C(═O)(C1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)O(C1-4 alkyl); —C(═O)OH; and —C(═O)N(R′)(R″).

10. The compound of any one of claims 1-9, wherein W is selected from the group consisting of: C(═O); S(O)2; C(═NRd); C(═NH); C(═C—NO2); S(O)N(Rd); and S(O)NH, such as: wherein W is C(═O).

11. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, wherein Q-A is defined according to (A), optionally wherein Q is NH.

12. The compound of any one of claims 1-11, wherein A is —(YA1)nYA2.

13. The compound of any one of claims 1-12, wherein YA2 is C6-10 aryl, which is optionally substituted with 1-3 Rc; or wherein YA2 is heteroaryl of 5-14 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(Rd), 0, and S(O)0-2, and wherein the heteroaryl ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rc; orwherein YA2 is C3-20 cycloalkyl or C3-20 cycloalkenyl, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4 Rb; orwherein YA2 is heterocyclyl or heterocycloalkenyl, each of 3-16 ring atoms, wherein 1-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms, each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(Rd), O, and S(O)0-2, and wherein each of the heterocyclyl and heterocycloalkenyl ring is optionally substituted with 1-3 independently selected Rb.

14. The compound of any one of claims 1-10, wherein Q-A is as defined according to (B); and E is a ring of 5-8 ring atoms, wherein 0-3 ring atoms are heteroatoms (in addition to the ring nitrogen atom that is present), each independently selected from the group consisting of N, N(H), N(Rd), O, and S(O)0-2, and wherein the ring is optionally substituted with 1-4 independently selected Rb, such as: wherein E is

15. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is a compound of Formula (I-1), (I-2), (I-3), (I-4), (I-5), (I-6), (I-7), (I-8), or (I-9):

16. The compound of claim 1, wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of the compounds delineated in Table C1, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.

17. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claims 1-16 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, and one or more pharmaceutically acceptable excipients.

18. A method for inhibiting STING activity, the method comprising contacting STING with a compound as claimed in any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 17.

19. A method of inducing an immune response in a subject in need thereof, the method comprising administering to the subject an effective amount of a compound as claimed in any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 17.

20. A method of treatment of disease, disorder, or condition associated with STING, such as a disease, disorder, or condition, in which increased STING signaling, such as excessive STING signaling, contributes to the pathology and/or symptoms and/or progression of the disease, such as cancer, comprising administering to a subject in need of such treatment an effective amount of a compound as claimed in any one of claims 1-16, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, or a pharmaceutical composition as claimed in claim 17.